|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard PrŸmmer
|
|
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
|
16 * NOTE: Comment mentionning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
17 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
|
18 */
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 /*
|
|
|
21 * WARNING: Vim must be able to compile without Carbon
|
|
|
22 * As the desired minimum requirement are circa System 7
|
|
|
23 * (I want to run it on my Mac Classic) (Dany)
|
|
|
24 */
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 /*
|
|
|
27 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
30 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
31 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
32 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
33 *
|
|
|
34 */
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
36 /* TODO: find the best place for this (Dany) */
|
|
|
37 #if 0
|
|
|
38 # if ! TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
39 /* Enable the new API functions even when not compiling for Carbon */
|
|
|
40 /* Apple recomends Universal Interface 3.3.2 or later */
|
|
|
41 # define OPAQUE_TOOLBOX_STRUCTS 1
|
|
|
42 # define ACCESSOR_CALLS_ARE_FUNCTIONS 1
|
|
|
43 /* Help Menu not supported by Carbon */
|
|
|
44 # define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
45 # endif
|
|
|
46 #endif
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
48 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
49 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
51 /* Enable Contextual Menu Support */
|
|
|
52 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0320
|
|
|
53 # define USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
54 #endif
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
56 /* Put Vim Help in MacOS Help */
|
|
|
57 #define USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
59 /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
60 #define USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
63 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
64 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
65 #endif
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
67 /* The VIM creator is CodeWarior specific */
|
|
|
68 #if !(defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__) || defined(__APPLE_CC__))
|
|
|
69 # define USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
70 #else
|
|
|
71 # if 0 /* Was this usefull for some compiler? (Dany) */
|
|
|
72 static OSType _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
73 static OSType _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
74 # endif
|
|
|
75 #endif
|
|
|
76
|
|
9
|
77 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
78 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
|
79
|
|
7
|
80 /* CARBON version only tested with Project Builder under MacOS X */
|
|
|
81 #undef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
82 #if (defined(__APPLE_CC__) || defined(__MRC__)) && defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
83 # if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
84 # define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
85 # endif
|
|
|
86 #endif
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
88 #undef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
89 #if defined(MACOS_X) && defined(USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
90 # define USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
91 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
92 #endif
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
94 /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
|
95 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
97 /* Debugging feature: use CodeWarior SIOUX */
|
|
|
98 #undef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
101 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
102 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
103 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
104 #if !TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
105 #include <StandardFile.h>
|
|
|
106 #include <Traps.h>
|
|
|
107 #endif
|
|
|
108 #include <Balloons.h>
|
|
|
109 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
110 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
111 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
112 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
113 #endif
|
|
|
114 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
115 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
116 #endif
|
|
|
117 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
118 # include <stdio.h>
|
|
|
119 # include <sioux.h>
|
|
|
120 # include <console.h>
|
|
|
121 #endif
|
|
|
122 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
123 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
124 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
125 #endif
|
|
|
126
|
|
|
127 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON && 0
|
|
|
128 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
|
129 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
130 #endif
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
132 /*
|
|
|
133 * Translate new name to old ones
|
|
|
134 * New function only available in MacOS 8.5,
|
|
|
135 * So use old one to be compatible back to System 7
|
|
|
136 */
|
|
|
137 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
138 # undef EnableMenuItem
|
|
|
139 # define EnableMenuItem EnableItem
|
|
|
140 # undef DisableMenuItem
|
|
|
141 # define DisableMenuItem DisableItem
|
|
|
142 #endif
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
144 /* Carbon does not support the Get/SetControll functions,
|
|
|
145 * use Get/SetControl32Bit instead and rename for non-carbon
|
|
|
146 * systems.
|
|
|
147 */
|
|
|
148
|
|
|
149 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
150 # undef SetControl32BitMaximum
|
|
|
151 # define SetControl32BitMaximum SetControlMaximum
|
|
|
152 # undef SetControl32BitMinimum
|
|
|
153 # define SetControl32BitMinimum SetControlMinimum
|
|
|
154 # undef SetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
155 # define SetControl32BitValue SetControlValue
|
|
|
156 # undef GetControl32BitValue
|
|
|
157 # define GetControl32BitValue GetControlValue
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
160 /*
|
|
|
161 * ???
|
|
|
162 */
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
164 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
165 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
166 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
167 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
168
|
|
|
169 /*
|
|
|
170 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
171 */
|
|
|
172
|
|
|
173 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
174 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
175
|
|
|
176
|
|
|
177 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
178 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
179
|
|
|
180 /* ??? */
|
|
|
181 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
182 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
183 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
184 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
185 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
186
|
|
|
187 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
188 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
189 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
190 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
191 */
|
|
|
192 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
194 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
195 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
196 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
197 #endif
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
199 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
200 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
201 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
202
|
|
|
203 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
204 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
205
|
|
13
|
206 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
207 static struct
|
|
|
208 {
|
|
|
209 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
210 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
211 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
212 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
213 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
|
214 #endif
|
|
|
215
|
|
7
|
216 /*
|
|
|
217 * The Quickdraw global is predefined in CodeWarior
|
|
|
218 * but is not in Apple MPW
|
|
|
219 */
|
|
|
220 #if (defined(__MRC__) || defined(__SC__))
|
|
|
221 # if !(defined(TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON) && TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON)
|
|
|
222 QDGlobals qd;
|
|
|
223 # endif
|
|
|
224 #endif
|
|
|
225
|
|
|
226 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
227 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
228 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
229 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
230 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
232 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
233
|
|
|
234 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
236 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
237 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
238 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
239 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
240 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
241 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
242 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
243 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
244 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
245 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
246 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
247 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
248 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
249 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
250 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
253 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
256 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
257 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
258 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
259 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
261 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
262 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
263 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
264 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
265 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
266 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
269 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
270 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
271 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
272
|
|
|
273 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
274 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
275 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
276 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
277 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
278 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
279 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
280 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
281 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
284
|
|
|
285 static struct
|
|
|
286 {
|
|
|
287 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
288 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
289 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
290 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
291 {
|
|
|
292 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
293 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
294 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
295 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
296
|
|
|
297 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
298 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
299 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
300 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
301 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
302 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
303 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
304 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
305 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
306 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
307
|
|
|
308 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
309 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
310 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
311 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
312 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
313
|
|
|
314 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
315 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
316 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
317 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
318 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
319 #endif
|
|
|
320 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
321 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
322 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
323 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
324 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
325 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
326 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
328 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
329 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
332 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
333 };
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 /*
|
|
|
336 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
337 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
338 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
339 */
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
341 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
342 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
343 #endif
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
347 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
348 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
349 */
|
|
|
350
|
|
|
351 /*
|
|
|
352 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
353 *
|
|
|
354 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
355 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
356 *
|
|
|
357 */
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
359 char_u *C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
360 {
|
|
|
361 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
362 int len;
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
365 return NULL;
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
367 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
368
|
|
|
369 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
370 len = 255;
|
|
|
371
|
|
|
372 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
373 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
|
375 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
376 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 return PascalString;
|
|
|
380 }
|
|
|
381
|
|
|
382 /*
|
|
|
383 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
384 *
|
|
|
385 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
386 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
387 *
|
|
|
388 */
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
390 char_u *C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
|
391 {
|
|
|
392 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
393 int len;
|
|
|
394 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
396 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
397
|
|
|
398 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
399 len = 255;
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
401 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
402 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
403 {
|
|
|
404 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
405 {
|
|
|
406 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
407 {
|
|
|
408 c++;
|
|
|
409 }
|
|
|
410 *p = *c;
|
|
|
411 p++;
|
|
|
412 len++;
|
|
|
413 }
|
|
|
414 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
415 }
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 return PascalString;
|
|
|
418 }
|
|
|
419
|
|
|
420 /*
|
|
|
421 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
422 */
|
|
|
423
|
|
|
424 int_u
|
|
|
425 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
426 {
|
|
|
427 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
430 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
431 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
432 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
433 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
434 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
435 #if 0
|
|
|
436 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
437 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
438 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
441 }
|
|
|
442
|
|
|
443 /*
|
|
|
444 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
445 */
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
447 static int_u
|
|
|
448 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
449 {
|
|
|
450 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
451
|
|
|
452 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
453 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
454 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
455 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
456 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
457 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
458 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
459 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
460 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
461 #endif
|
|
|
462 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
463 }
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
465 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
466 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
467 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
468 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
469 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
470 *
|
|
|
471 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
472 */
|
|
|
473 static int
|
|
|
474 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
475 {
|
|
|
476 int pixels;
|
|
|
477 int points = 0;
|
|
|
478 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
479
|
|
|
480 while (*str)
|
|
|
481 {
|
|
|
482 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
483 {
|
|
|
484 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
485 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
486 continue;
|
|
|
487 }
|
|
|
488
|
|
|
489 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
490 break;
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 points *= 10;
|
|
|
493 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
494 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
495
|
|
|
496 ++str;
|
|
|
497 }
|
|
|
498
|
|
|
499 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
500 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
502 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
503 *end = str;
|
|
|
504 return pixels;
|
|
|
505 }
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
507 /*
|
|
|
508 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
509 * character strings.
|
|
|
510 */
|
|
|
511
|
|
|
512 char_u **new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
|
513 {
|
|
|
514 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
515 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
516 long fileCount;
|
|
|
517 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
518 long actualSize;
|
|
|
519 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
520 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
521
|
|
|
522 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
523 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
524 if (*error)
|
|
|
525 {
|
|
|
526 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
527 printf("fname_from_AEDesc: AECountItems error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
528 #endif
|
|
|
529 return(fnames);
|
|
|
530 }
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
533 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
534
|
|
|
535 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
536 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
537 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
540 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
541 {
|
|
|
542 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
543 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
544 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
545 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
546 if (newError)
|
|
|
547 {
|
|
|
548 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
549 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
|
550 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
551 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetNthPtr error: %ld\n", (long)newError);
|
|
7
|
552 #endif
|
|
|
553 return(fnames);
|
|
|
554 }
|
|
|
555
|
|
|
556 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
557 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
558 }
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
560 return (fnames);
|
|
|
561 }
|
|
|
562
|
|
|
563 /*
|
|
|
564 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
565 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
566 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
567 */
|
|
|
568 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
569
|
|
|
570 /*
|
|
|
571 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
572 *
|
|
|
573 * Description
|
|
|
574 * -----------
|
|
|
575 *
|
|
|
576 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
577 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
578 *
|
|
|
579 * Event Reply
|
|
|
580 * -----------
|
|
|
581 *
|
|
|
582 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
583 *
|
|
|
584 * Remarks
|
|
|
585 * -------
|
|
|
586 *
|
|
|
587 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
588 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
589 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
590 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
591 *
|
|
|
592 */
|
|
|
593
|
|
|
594 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
595 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
596 #endif
|
|
|
597 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
598 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
599 {
|
|
|
600 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
601 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
602 };
|
|
|
603 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
604 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
605 #endif
|
|
|
606
|
|
9
|
607 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
608 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
611 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
612 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
613 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
614 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
615 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
616
|
|
|
617 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
618 if (error)
|
|
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
621 printf("KAHL_SRCH: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
622 #endif
|
|
|
623 return(error);
|
|
|
624 }
|
|
|
625
|
|
9
|
626 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
627 if (error)
|
|
|
628 {
|
|
|
629 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
630 printf("KAHL_SRCH: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
631 #endif
|
|
|
632 return(error);
|
|
|
633 }
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
636 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
637 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
638 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
639 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
642 break;
|
|
|
643 }
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
646 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
647 else
|
|
|
648 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
651 printf("KAHL_SRCH: file \"%#s\" {%d}", SearchData.theFile.name,SearchData.theFile.parID);
|
|
7
|
652 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
653 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
654 printf(" found. [date %lx, %lx]\n", *SearchData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
655 #endif
|
|
|
656
|
|
|
657 return error;
|
|
|
658 };
|
|
|
659
|
|
|
660 /*
|
|
|
661 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
662 *
|
|
|
663 * Description
|
|
|
664 * -----------
|
|
|
665 *
|
|
|
666 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
667 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
668 *
|
|
|
669 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
670 * ----------
|
|
|
671 *
|
|
|
672 * Event Reply
|
|
|
673 * -----------
|
|
|
674 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
675 *
|
|
|
676 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
677 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
678 *
|
|
|
679 * Remarks
|
|
|
680 * -------
|
|
|
681 *
|
|
|
682 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
683 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
684 *
|
|
|
685 */
|
|
|
686
|
|
|
687 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
688 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
689 #endif
|
|
|
690 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
691 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
692 {
|
|
|
693 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
694 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
695 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
696 };
|
|
|
697 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
698 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
699 #endif
|
|
|
700
|
|
9
|
701 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
702 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
703 {
|
|
|
704 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
705 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
706 long numFiles;
|
|
|
707 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
708 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
711
|
|
9
|
712 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
713 if (error)
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
716 printf("KAHL_MOD: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
717 #endif
|
|
|
718 return(error);
|
|
|
719 }
|
|
|
720
|
|
|
721 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
722 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
723 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
724
|
|
|
725 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
726 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
727 if (error)
|
|
|
728 {
|
|
|
729 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
730 printf("KAHL_MOD: AECreateList error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
731 #endif
|
|
|
732 return(error);
|
|
|
733 }
|
|
|
734
|
|
|
735 #if 0
|
|
|
736 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
737 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
738 printf("KAHL_MOD ReplyList: %x %x\n", replyList.descriptorType, replyList.dataHandle);
|
|
|
739 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
|
740 #endif
|
|
|
741
|
|
|
742 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
743 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
744 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
745 */
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
748 #endif
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
750 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
751 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
752 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
753 {
|
|
|
754 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
755 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
756 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
757 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
758 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
759 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
760 if (numFiles == 0)
|
|
9
|
761 printf("KAHL_MOD: ");
|
|
7
|
762 else
|
|
9
|
763 printf(", ");
|
|
|
764 printf("\"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", theFile.theFile.name, theFile.theFile.parID, theFile.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
765 if (error)
|
|
9
|
766 printf(" (%d)", error);
|
|
7
|
767 numFiles++;
|
|
|
768 #endif
|
|
|
769 };
|
|
|
770
|
|
|
771 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
772 printf("\n");
|
|
7
|
773 #endif
|
|
|
774
|
|
|
775 #if 0
|
|
|
776 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
777 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
778 printf("KAHL_MOD ItemInList: %d\n", numFiles);
|
|
7
|
779 #endif
|
|
|
780 #endif
|
|
|
781
|
|
|
782 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
783 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
784
|
|
|
785 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
786 if (error)
|
|
9
|
787 printf("KAHL_MOD: AEPutParamDesc error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
788 #endif
|
|
|
789
|
|
|
790 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
791 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
792
|
|
|
793 return error;
|
|
|
794 };
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
796 /*
|
|
|
797 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
798 *
|
|
|
799 * Description
|
|
|
800 * -----------
|
|
|
801 *
|
|
|
802 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
803 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
804 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
805 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
806 *
|
|
|
807 * Event Reply
|
|
|
808 * -----------
|
|
|
809 *
|
|
|
810 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
811 *
|
|
|
812 * Remarks
|
|
|
813 * -------
|
|
|
814 *
|
|
|
815 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
816 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
817 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
818 * theText.
|
|
|
819 *
|
|
|
820 */
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
823 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
826 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
827 {
|
|
|
828 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
829 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
830 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
831 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
832 };
|
|
|
833 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
834 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
835 #endif
|
|
|
836
|
|
9
|
837 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
838 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
841 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
842 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
843 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
844 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
845 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
846 char_u *line;
|
|
|
847 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
848 long linesize;
|
|
|
849 long lineStart;
|
|
|
850 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
851 long lineno;
|
|
|
852
|
|
|
853 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
854
|
|
|
855 if (error)
|
|
|
856 {
|
|
|
857 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
858 printf("KAHL_GTTX: AEGetParamPtr error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
859 #endif
|
|
|
860 return(error);
|
|
|
861 }
|
|
|
862
|
|
|
863 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
864 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
865 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
866 {
|
|
|
867 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
868 break;
|
|
|
869 }
|
|
|
870
|
|
|
871 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
9
|
873 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
874 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
875 {
|
|
|
876 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
877 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
878 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
879 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
880 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
881 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
882 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
883 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
884 {
|
|
|
885 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
886 printf("KAHL_GTTX: SetHandleSize increase: %d, size %d\n",
|
|
7
|
887 linesize, BufferSize);
|
|
|
888 #endif
|
|
|
889 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
890 }
|
|
|
891 else
|
|
|
892 {
|
|
9
|
893 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
894 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
895 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
896 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
897 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
898 }
|
|
|
899 }
|
|
|
900 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
901 {
|
|
9
|
902 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
903 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
904 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
905 }
|
|
|
906 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
907 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
908 else
|
|
9
|
909 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
910 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
911 }
|
|
|
912 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
913 printf("KAHL_GTTX: file \"%#s\" {%d} [date %lx, %lx]", GetTextData.theFile.name, GetTextData.theFile.parID, *GetTextData.theDate, buf->b_mtime_read);
|
|
7
|
914 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
9
|
915 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
916 printf(" found. (BufferSize = %d)\n", BufferSize);
|
|
|
917 #endif
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
919 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
920 if (error)
|
|
|
921 {
|
|
|
922 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
923 printf("KAHL_GTTX: HandleUnusedParms error: %d\n", error);
|
|
7
|
924 #endif
|
|
|
925 return(error);
|
|
|
926 }
|
|
|
927
|
|
|
928 return(error);
|
|
|
929 }
|
|
|
930
|
|
|
931 /*
|
|
|
932 *
|
|
|
933 */
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
9
|
936 pascal OSErr FindProcessBySignature(const OSType targetType,
|
|
7
|
937 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
9
|
938 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
939 {
|
|
|
940 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
941 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
942
|
|
|
943 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
944
|
|
9
|
945 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
946 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
947 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
950 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
951
|
|
9
|
952 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
953 {
|
|
9
|
954 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
955 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
956 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
957 else
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
9
|
959 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
960 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
961 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
962 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
963 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
964 }
|
|
|
965 }
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
967 return anErr;
|
|
|
968 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
969
|
|
9
|
970 void
|
|
|
971 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
972 {
|
|
9
|
973 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
974 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
975 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
976 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
977 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
978 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
979 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
980 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
981
|
|
|
982
|
|
9
|
983 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
7
|
984 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
985 printf("CodeWarrior is");
|
|
7
|
986 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
9
|
987 printf(" NOT");
|
|
|
988 printf(" running\n");
|
|
|
989 #endif
|
|
|
990 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
991 {
|
|
9
|
992 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
993 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
994
|
|
|
995 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
996 {
|
|
|
997 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
998 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
999 }
|
|
|
1000
|
|
9
|
1001 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
1002
|
|
|
1003 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
1004 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
1005 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
1008 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
1009
|
|
|
1010 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
1011 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
1012 else
|
|
|
1013 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
1014
|
|
9
|
1015 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
1016 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
1017 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
1018 {
|
|
|
1019 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1020 printf("KAHL_MOD: Send error: %d\n", anErr);
|
|
|
1021 #endif
|
|
|
1022 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
1023 }
|
|
9
|
1024 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
1025 }
|
|
|
1026 }
|
|
|
1027 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
1028
|
|
|
1029 /*
|
|
|
1030 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1031 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1032 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1033 */
|
|
|
1034 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 /*
|
|
|
1037 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
1038 */
|
|
|
1039
|
|
9
|
1040 OSErr
|
|
|
1041 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
1042 {
|
|
|
1043 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1044 long actualSize;
|
|
|
1045 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
1046 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
1049 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
1050 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
1051 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
1052 &actualSize);
|
|
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
1055 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1056 {
|
|
|
1057 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1058 }
|
|
|
1059 else
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 #if 0
|
|
|
1062 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
1063 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
1064 #endif
|
|
|
1065 }
|
|
|
1066
|
|
|
1067 return error;
|
|
|
1068 }
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 /*
|
|
|
1072 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
1073 *
|
|
|
1074 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
1075 *
|
|
|
1076 */
|
|
|
1077
|
|
|
1078 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1079 # pragma options align=mac68k
|
|
|
1080 #endif
|
|
|
1081 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1082 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1083 {
|
|
|
1084 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1085 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1086 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1087 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1088 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1089 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1090 };
|
|
|
1091 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
1092 # pragma options align=reset
|
|
|
1093 #endif
|
|
|
1094
|
|
|
1095 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1096 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1097 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1098 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1099 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1100 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1101 */
|
|
|
1102
|
|
9
|
1103 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1104 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1105 {
|
|
|
1106 /*
|
|
|
1107 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1108 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1109 */
|
|
|
1110 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1111 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1112 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1113 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1114 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1115 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1116 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1117 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1118 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1119 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1120 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1121 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1122 long lnum;
|
|
|
1123
|
|
|
1124 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1125 printf("aevt_odoc:\n");
|
|
7
|
1126 #endif
|
|
|
1127
|
|
|
1128 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1129 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1130 if (error)
|
|
|
1131 {
|
|
|
1132 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1133 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamDesc error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1134 #endif
|
|
|
1135 return(error);
|
|
|
1136 }
|
|
|
1137
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1140 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1141 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1142 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1143 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1144 if (error)
|
|
|
1145 {
|
|
|
1146 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1147 printf("aevt_odoc: AEGetParamPtr error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1148 #endif
|
|
|
1149 return(error);
|
|
|
1150 }
|
|
|
1151
|
|
|
1152 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1153 printf("aevt_odoc: lineNum: %d, startRange %ld, endRange %ld, [date %lx]\n",
|
|
|
1154 (int)thePosition.lineNum,
|
|
|
1155 (long)thePosition.startRange, (long)thePosition.endRange,
|
|
|
1156 (long)thePosition.theDate);
|
|
7
|
1157 #endif
|
|
|
1158 /*
|
|
|
1159 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1160
|
|
|
1161 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1162 {
|
|
|
1163 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1164 {
|
|
|
1165 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1166 }
|
|
|
1167 else
|
|
|
1168 {
|
|
|
1169 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1170 }
|
|
|
1171 }
|
|
|
1172 */
|
|
|
1173
|
|
|
1174
|
|
|
1175 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1176 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1177 #endif
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1180
|
|
|
1181 if (error)
|
|
|
1182 {
|
|
|
1183 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1184 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1185 return (error);
|
|
|
1186 }
|
|
|
1187
|
|
|
1188 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1189 {
|
|
|
1190 int i;
|
|
|
1191 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1192
|
|
|
1193 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1194 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1195 {
|
|
|
1196 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1197 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1198 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1199 else
|
|
|
1200 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
|
1201 }
|
|
|
1202 goto finished;
|
|
|
1203 }
|
|
|
1204
|
|
|
1205 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1206 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1207
|
|
|
1208 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1209 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1210 {
|
|
|
1211 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1212 {
|
|
37
|
1213 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1214 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1215 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1216 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1217 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1218 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1219 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1220 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1221 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1222 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1223 }
|
|
|
1224 else
|
|
|
1225 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1226 }
|
|
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1229 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1230 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1231 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1232 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1233 {
|
|
|
1234 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1235 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1236 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
|
1237 {
|
|
|
1238 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1239 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1240 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1241 }
|
|
|
1242 else
|
|
|
1243 {
|
|
|
1244 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1245 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1246 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1247 }
|
|
|
1248 }
|
|
|
1249 #endif
|
|
7
|
1250 setcursor();
|
|
|
1251 out_flush();
|
|
|
1252
|
|
37
|
1253 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1254 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1255
|
|
7
|
1256 finished:
|
|
|
1257 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1258
|
|
9
|
1259 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1260 if (error)
|
|
|
1261 {
|
|
|
1262 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
37
|
1263 printf("aevt_odoc: HandleUnusedParms error: %ld\n", (long)error);
|
|
7
|
1264 #endif
|
|
|
1265 return(error);
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267 return(error);
|
|
|
1268 }
|
|
|
1269
|
|
|
1270 /*
|
|
|
1271 *
|
|
|
1272 */
|
|
|
1273
|
|
9
|
1274 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1275 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1276 {
|
|
|
1277 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1278
|
|
|
1279 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1280 printf("aevt_oapp:\n");
|
|
|
1281 #endif
|
|
|
1282
|
|
|
1283 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1284 if (error)
|
|
|
1285 {
|
|
|
1286 return(error);
|
|
|
1287 }
|
|
|
1288
|
|
|
1289 return(error);
|
|
|
1290 }
|
|
|
1291
|
|
|
1292 /*
|
|
|
1293 *
|
|
|
1294 */
|
|
|
1295
|
|
9
|
1296 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1297 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1298 {
|
|
|
1299 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1300
|
|
|
1301 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1302 printf("aevt_quit\n");
|
|
|
1303 #endif
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1306 if (error)
|
|
|
1307 {
|
|
|
1308 return(error);
|
|
|
1309 }
|
|
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1312 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 return(error);
|
|
|
1315 }
|
|
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 /*
|
|
|
1318 *
|
|
|
1319 */
|
|
|
1320
|
|
9
|
1321 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1322 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1325
|
|
|
1326 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1327 printf("aevt_pdoc:\n");
|
|
|
1328 #endif
|
|
|
1329
|
|
|
1330 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1331 if (error)
|
|
|
1332 {
|
|
|
1333 return(error);
|
|
|
1334 }
|
|
|
1335
|
|
|
1336 return(error);
|
|
|
1337 }
|
|
|
1338
|
|
|
1339 /*
|
|
|
1340 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1341 *
|
|
|
1342 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1343 */
|
|
9
|
1344 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1345 Handle_unknown_AE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1346 {
|
|
|
1347 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1348
|
|
|
1349 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
1350 printf("Unknown Event: %x\n", theAEvent->descriptorType);
|
|
|
1351 #endif
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1354 if (error)
|
|
|
1355 {
|
|
|
1356 return(error);
|
|
|
1357 }
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 return(error);
|
|
|
1360 }
|
|
|
1361
|
|
|
1362
|
|
|
1363
|
|
|
1364 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
|
1365 # define NewAEEventHandlerProc(x) NewAEEventHandlerUPP(x)
|
|
|
1366 #endif
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 /*
|
|
|
1369 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1370 */
|
|
9
|
1371 OSErr
|
|
|
1372 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1373 {
|
|
|
1374 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1375
|
|
|
1376 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1377 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
|
1378 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1379 if (error)
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 return error;
|
|
|
1382 }
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1385 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
|
1386 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1387 if (error)
|
|
|
1388 {
|
|
|
1389 return error;
|
|
|
1390 }
|
|
|
1391
|
|
|
1392 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1393 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
|
1394 NewAEEventHandlerProc(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1395 if (error)
|
|
|
1396 {
|
|
|
1397 return error;
|
|
|
1398 }
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1401 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
|
1402 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1405 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
|
1406 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1407
|
|
|
1408 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
|
1409 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
|
1412 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1413
|
|
|
1414 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
|
1415 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1416
|
|
|
1417 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
|
1418 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1419
|
|
|
1420 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
|
1421 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
|
1424 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
|
1425
|
|
|
1426 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
|
1427 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
|
1428
|
|
|
1429 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
|
1430 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1431
|
|
|
1432 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
|
1433 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
|
1436 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1437
|
|
|
1438 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
|
1439 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1440
|
|
|
1441 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
|
1442 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
|
1443 */
|
|
|
1444
|
|
|
1445 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1446 /*
|
|
|
1447 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1448 */
|
|
|
1449 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
|
1450 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1451 if (error)
|
|
|
1452 {
|
|
|
1453 return error;
|
|
|
1454 }
|
|
|
1455 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
|
1456 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1457 if (error)
|
|
|
1458 {
|
|
|
1459 return error;
|
|
|
1460 }
|
|
|
1461 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
|
1462 NewAEEventHandlerProc(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
|
1463 if (error)
|
|
|
1464 {
|
|
|
1465 return error;
|
|
|
1466 }
|
|
|
1467 #endif
|
|
|
1468
|
|
|
1469 return error;
|
|
|
1470
|
|
|
1471 }
|
|
|
1472 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1473
|
|
13
|
1474
|
|
|
1475 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
1476 /*
|
|
|
1477 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1478 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1479 */
|
|
|
1480 static OSStatus
|
|
|
1481 FontPanelHandler(EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1482 void *inUserData)
|
|
|
1483 {
|
|
|
1484 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1485 {
|
|
|
1486 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1487 return noErr;
|
|
|
1488 }
|
|
|
1489
|
|
|
1490 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1491 {
|
|
|
1492 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1493 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1494 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1495 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1496
|
|
|
1497 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1498 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1499 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1500 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1501 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1502 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1503 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1504
|
|
|
1505 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1506 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1507 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1508 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1509 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1512 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1513 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1514 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1515 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1516 }
|
|
|
1517 return noErr;
|
|
|
1518 }
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520
|
|
|
1521 static void
|
|
|
1522 InstallFontPanelHandler()
|
|
|
1523 {
|
|
|
1524 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1525 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1526 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1529 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1530 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1531 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1532
|
|
|
1533 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1534
|
|
|
1535 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1536 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1537 }
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 /*
|
|
|
1541 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1542 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1543 */
|
|
|
1544 static void
|
|
|
1545 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u* outName)
|
|
|
1546 {
|
|
|
1547 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1548 Boolean isBold = false, isItalic = false;
|
|
|
1549
|
|
|
1550 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1551 return;
|
|
|
1552
|
|
|
1553 (void)FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf);
|
|
|
1554 p2cstrcpy(outName, buf);
|
|
|
1555
|
|
|
1556 #if 0 /* TODO: enable when styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
1557 isBold = (gFontPanelInfo.style & bold);
|
|
|
1558 isItalic = (gFontPanelInfo.style & italic);
|
|
|
1559 #endif
|
|
|
1560
|
|
|
1561 sprintf(&outName[buf[0]], ":h%d%s%s", gFontPanelInfo.size,
|
|
|
1562 (isBold ? ":b" : ""), (isItalic ? ":i" : ""));
|
|
|
1563 }
|
|
|
1564 #endif
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566
|
|
7
|
1567 /*
|
|
|
1568 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1569 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1570 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1571 */
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 /*
|
|
|
1574 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1575 *
|
|
|
1576 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1577 */
|
|
|
1578 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
9
|
1579 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1580 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1581 {
|
|
|
1582 short index;
|
|
|
1583 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1584 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1585
|
|
|
1586 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1587 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1588 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1589 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1590 *
|
|
|
1591 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1592 */
|
|
|
1593 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1594 {
|
|
|
1595 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1596 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1597 index = 1;
|
|
|
1598 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1599 {
|
|
|
1600 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1601 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1602 index++;
|
|
|
1603 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1604 }
|
|
|
1605 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1606 /* Adjust index in help menu (for predefined ones) */
|
|
|
1607 if (itemIndex != -1)
|
|
|
1608 if (pMenu->parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1609 itemIndex += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1610 #endif
|
|
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614
|
|
|
1615 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
9
|
1616 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menuID, itemIndex, pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1617 short menuID;
|
|
|
1618 short itemIndex;
|
|
|
1619 vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
1620 {
|
|
|
1621 short index;
|
|
|
1622 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1623 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625
|
|
|
1626 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1627 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1628 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1629 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1630 *
|
|
|
1631 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1632 */
|
|
|
1633
|
|
|
1634 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1635 {
|
|
|
1636 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
1637 if (menuID == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
1638 itemIndex -= gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
1639 #endif
|
|
|
1640
|
|
|
1641 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1642 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644 else
|
|
|
1645 {
|
|
|
1646 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1647 {
|
|
|
1648 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1649 {
|
|
|
1650 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1651 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1652 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1655 break;
|
|
|
1656 }
|
|
|
1657 }
|
|
|
1658 }
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
|
1660 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1661 }
|
|
|
1662
|
|
|
1663 /*
|
|
|
1664 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1665 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1666 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1667 */
|
|
|
1668 pascal
|
|
|
1669 void
|
|
9
|
1670 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1671 {
|
|
|
1672 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1673 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1674 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1675 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1676
|
|
|
1677 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1678
|
|
9
|
1679 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1680
|
|
|
1681 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1682 return;
|
|
|
1683
|
|
|
1684 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1685 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1686 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1687
|
|
|
1688 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1689 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1690 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1691 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1692 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1693 }
|
|
|
1694
|
|
|
1695 pascal
|
|
|
1696 void
|
|
9
|
1697 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1698 {
|
|
|
1699 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1700 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1701 long data;
|
|
|
1702 long value;
|
|
|
1703 int page;
|
|
|
1704 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1705 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1706
|
|
9
|
1707 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1708
|
|
|
1709 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1710 return;
|
|
|
1711
|
|
|
1712 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1713 {
|
|
|
1714 /*
|
|
|
1715 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1716 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1717 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1718 */
|
|
|
1719 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1722 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1723 else
|
|
|
1724 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1725 }
|
|
|
1726 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1727 {
|
|
|
1728 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1729 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1730 }
|
|
|
1731
|
|
|
1732 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1733 {
|
|
|
1734 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1735 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1736 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1737 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1738 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1739 }
|
|
|
1740
|
|
|
1741 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1742 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1743 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1744 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1745 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1746
|
|
|
1747 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1748 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1749 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1750 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1751 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1752
|
|
|
1753 out_flush();
|
|
|
1754 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1755
|
|
|
1756 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1757 {
|
|
|
1758 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1759 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1760
|
|
|
1761 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1762 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1763 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1764
|
|
|
1765 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1766 {
|
|
|
1767 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1768 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1769 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1770 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1771 }
|
|
|
1772 }*/
|
|
|
1773 }
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /*
|
|
|
1776 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1777 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1778 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1779 */
|
|
|
1780
|
|
|
1781
|
|
|
1782 /*
|
|
|
1783 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1784 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1785 *
|
|
|
1786 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1787 */
|
|
|
1788 void
|
|
9
|
1789 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1790 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1791 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1792 {
|
|
|
1793 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1794 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1795 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1796 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1797 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1798 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1799
|
|
|
1800 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1801 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1802 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1803
|
|
|
1804 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1805
|
|
|
1806 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
|
1808 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1809
|
|
|
1810 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1811 {
|
|
|
1812 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1813 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1814 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1815 }
|
|
|
1816 else
|
|
|
1817 {
|
|
|
1818 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1819 #if 1
|
|
|
1820 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1821 #else
|
|
|
1822 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1823 #endif
|
|
|
1824 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1825 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1826 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1827 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1828 }
|
|
|
1829 }
|
|
|
1830 else
|
|
|
1831 {
|
|
|
1832 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1835 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1836
|
|
|
1837 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1838 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1839
|
|
|
1840 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1841 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
|
1842 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1843
|
|
|
1844 if ((gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu) && (mouse_model_popup()))
|
|
|
1845 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
|
1847 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1848 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1849 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1850 }
|
|
|
1851 #endif
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1854 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1855
|
|
|
1856 /* Send the mouse clicj to Vim */
|
|
|
1857 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1858 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1859
|
|
|
1860 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1861 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1862 */
|
|
|
1863 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
1864 #if 0
|
|
|
1865 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1866 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1867 */
|
|
|
1868 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1869 #endif
|
|
|
1870 #endif
|
|
|
1871 {
|
|
9
|
1872 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1873 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1874 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1875 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1878 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1879 }
|
|
|
1880 }
|
|
|
1881 }
|
|
|
1882
|
|
|
1883 /*
|
|
|
1884 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1885 */
|
|
|
1886 void
|
|
9
|
1887 gui_mac_doInDragClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1888 Point where;
|
|
|
1889 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1890 {
|
|
|
1891 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1892 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
|
1895 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
1896 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
7
|
1897 #else
|
|
|
1898 movingLimitsPtr = &(*GetGrayRgn())->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
1899 #endif
|
|
9
|
1900 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1901 }
|
|
|
1902
|
|
|
1903 /*
|
|
|
1904 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1905 */
|
|
|
1906 void
|
|
|
1907 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(where, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1908 Point where;
|
|
|
1909 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911
|
|
|
1912 long newSize;
|
|
|
1913 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1914 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1915 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1916 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1917 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1918 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1919
|
|
9
|
1920 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1921 #else
|
|
|
1922 resizeLimits = qd.screenBits.bounds;
|
|
|
1923 #endif
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /* Set the minimun size */
|
|
|
1926 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1927 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1928 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1929
|
|
|
1930 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1931 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1932 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1933 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1934 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1935 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1936 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1937 #else
|
|
|
1938 newSize = GrowWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits);
|
|
|
1939 if (newSize != 0)
|
|
|
1940 {
|
|
|
1941 newWidth = newSize & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1942 newHeight = (newSize >> 16) & 0x0000FFFF;
|
|
|
1943
|
|
|
1944 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1947
|
|
|
1948 /*
|
|
|
1949 * We need to call gui_set_shellsize as the size
|
|
|
1950 * used by Vim may be smaller than the size selected
|
|
|
1951 * by the user. This cause some overhead
|
|
|
1952 * TODO: add a check inside gui_resize_shell?
|
|
|
1953 */
|
|
|
1954 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 /*
|
|
|
1957 * Origin of the code below is unknown.
|
|
|
1958 * Functionality is unknown.
|
|
|
1959 * Time of commented out is unknown.
|
|
|
1960 */
|
|
|
1961 /* SetPort(wp);
|
|
|
1962 InvalRect(&wp->portRect);
|
|
|
1963 if (isUserWindow(wp)) {
|
|
|
1964 DrawingWindowPeek aWindow = (DrawingWindowPeek)wp;
|
|
|
1965
|
|
|
1966 if (aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc)
|
|
|
1967 CallToolWindowResizedProc(aWindow->toolRoutines.toolWindowResizedProc, wp);
|
|
|
1968 }*/
|
|
|
1969 };
|
|
|
1970 #endif
|
|
|
1971
|
|
|
1972 }
|
|
|
1973
|
|
|
1974 /*
|
|
|
1975 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1976 */
|
|
|
1977 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
1978 static void
|
|
|
1979 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow)
|
|
|
1980 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
1981 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1982 {
|
|
|
1983 Rect r;
|
|
|
1984 Point p;
|
|
|
1985 short thePart;
|
|
|
1986
|
|
|
1987 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1988 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1989 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1990 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1991 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1992 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1993 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1994 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1995
|
|
|
1996 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1997 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
2000 return;
|
|
|
2001
|
|
|
2002 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
2003 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
2004 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
2005 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
2006 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
2007 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
2008 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
2009 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
2010 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
2011 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
2016 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
2017 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2018 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
2019 }
|
|
|
2020 #endif /* defined(USE_CARBONIZED) */
|
|
|
2021
|
|
|
2022 /*
|
|
|
2023 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2024 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
2025 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2026 */
|
|
|
2027
|
|
|
2028 /*
|
|
|
2029 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
2030 */
|
|
|
2031
|
|
|
2032 void
|
|
|
2033 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2034 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2035 {
|
|
|
2036 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2037 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
2038 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
2039 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2040 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
2041 #endif
|
|
|
2042 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
2043 Rect rc;
|
|
|
2044 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
2045 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
2046
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2049 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2050 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
2051 return;
|
|
|
2052 #endif
|
|
|
2053
|
|
|
2054 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
2055 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
2056 */
|
|
|
2057 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
2060 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
2061
|
|
|
2062 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
|
2063 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2064 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2065 #else
|
|
9
|
2066 SetPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2067 #endif
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
2070 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2071 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
2072 * to be updated.
|
|
|
2073 */
|
|
|
2074 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2075 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
2076 # if 0
|
|
|
2077 /* Would be more appropriate to use the follwing but doesn't
|
|
|
2078 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
2079 */
|
|
|
2080 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
2081 # endif
|
|
|
2082 #else
|
|
|
2083 updateRgn = whichWindow->visRgn;
|
|
|
2084 #endif
|
|
|
2085 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
2086 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2087 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2088 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
2089 # if 0
|
|
|
2090 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
2091 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
2092 */
|
|
|
2093 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
2094 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
2095 # endif
|
|
|
2096 #else
|
|
|
2097 updateRectPtr = &(*updateRgn)->rgnBBox;
|
|
|
2098 #endif
|
|
|
2099 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
2100 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
2101 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
2102 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
2103 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
2104 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
2105 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
2106 {
|
|
9
|
2107 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
2108 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2109 }
|
|
|
2110 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
2111 {
|
|
9
|
2112 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
2113 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2114 }
|
|
|
2115 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
2116 {
|
|
9
|
2117 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
2118 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
2119 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2120 }
|
|
|
2121 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
2122 {
|
|
9
|
2123 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
2124 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
2125 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
2126 }
|
|
9
|
2127 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2128 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2129 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
2130 #endif
|
|
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
2133 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2134
|
|
|
2135 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
2136 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
2137 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2138 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2139 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
|
2140 #else
|
|
|
2141 growRect = whichWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
2142 growRect.top = growRect.bottom - 15;
|
|
|
2143 growRect.left = growRect.right - 15;
|
|
|
2144 #endif
|
|
9
|
2145 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2146 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
2147 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
2148 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2149 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
2150 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2151
|
|
|
2152 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
2153 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
2154 }
|
|
|
2155
|
|
|
2156 /*
|
|
|
2157 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
2158 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
2159 */
|
|
|
2160 void
|
|
|
2161 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event)
|
|
|
2162 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2163 {
|
|
|
2164 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2165
|
|
|
2166 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
2167 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
2168 /* Activate */
|
|
|
2169 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2170 else
|
|
|
2171 {
|
|
|
2172 /* Deactivate */
|
|
|
2173 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2174 /* DON'T KNOW what the code below was doing
|
|
|
2175 found in the deactivate clause, but the
|
|
|
2176 clause writting TRUE into in_focus (BUG)
|
|
|
2177 */
|
|
|
2178
|
|
|
2179 #if 0 /* Removed by Dany as per above June 2001 */
|
|
|
2180 a_bool = false;
|
|
9
|
2181 SetPreserveGlyph(a_bool);
|
|
|
2182 SetOutlinePreferred(a_bool);
|
|
7
|
2183 #endif
|
|
|
2184 }
|
|
|
2185 }
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /*
|
|
|
2189 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
2190 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
2191 */
|
|
|
2192 void
|
|
|
2193 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event)
|
|
|
2194 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2195 {
|
|
|
2196 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
2197
|
|
|
2198 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2199 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2200 */
|
|
|
2201
|
|
|
2202 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
|
2203 * get an activate/desactivate event
|
|
|
2204 */
|
|
|
2205 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2206 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2207 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2208 else
|
|
|
2209 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2210 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212
|
|
|
2213 /*
|
|
|
2214 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2215 */
|
|
|
2216
|
|
|
2217 void
|
|
|
2218 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
|
2220 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2221 long menu;
|
|
|
2222 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2223 short num, i;
|
|
|
2224 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2225 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2226 int key_char;
|
|
|
2227 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2228 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2229
|
|
|
2230 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2231 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2232 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2233
|
|
|
2234 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2235 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2236 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2237 num = 1;
|
|
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2240 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2241 {
|
|
7
|
2242 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2243 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2244 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2245 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2246 {
|
|
|
2247 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2248 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2249 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2250 else
|
|
|
2251 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2252 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254 }
|
|
7
|
2255
|
|
|
2256 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2257 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2258 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2259 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2260
|
|
|
2261 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2262 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2263 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2264 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2265 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2266 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2267 {
|
|
|
2268 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2269 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2270 {
|
|
|
2271 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2272 return;
|
|
|
2273 }
|
|
|
2274 }
|
|
|
2275
|
|
|
2276 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2277 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2278
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2281 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2282 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2283 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2284 #endif
|
|
|
2285 {
|
|
|
2286 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2287 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2288 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2289 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2290 {
|
|
|
2291 # if 0
|
|
|
2292 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2293 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2294 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2295 else
|
|
|
2296 # endif
|
|
9
|
2297 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2298 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2299 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2300 break;
|
|
|
2301 }
|
|
|
2302 }
|
|
|
2303
|
|
26
|
2304 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2305 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2306 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2307
|
|
|
2308 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2309 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2310 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2311 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2312 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2313 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2314 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2315 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2316 {
|
|
|
2317 #if 1
|
|
|
2318 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2319 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2320 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2321 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2322 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2323 #else
|
|
9
|
2324 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2325 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2326 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2327 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2328 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2329 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2330 #endif
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
9
|
2332 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2333 {
|
|
9
|
2334 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2335 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2336 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2337 }
|
|
|
2338
|
|
9
|
2339 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2340 {
|
|
9
|
2341 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2342 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2343 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2344 }
|
|
|
2345 else
|
|
|
2346 {
|
|
|
2347 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2348 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2349 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2350 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2351 {
|
|
|
2352 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2353 int l;
|
|
|
2354
|
|
|
2355 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2356 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2357 l = 1;
|
|
|
2358 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2359 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2360 {
|
|
|
2361 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2362 {
|
|
|
2363 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2364 {
|
|
|
2365 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2366 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2367 }
|
|
|
2368 else
|
|
|
2369 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2370 }
|
|
|
2371 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2372 }
|
|
|
2373 else
|
|
|
2374 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2375 }
|
|
|
2376 else
|
|
|
2377 #endif
|
|
|
2378 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2379 }
|
|
|
2380
|
|
|
2381 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2382 {
|
|
|
2383 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2384 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2385 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2386 }
|
|
|
2387
|
|
|
2388 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2389 }
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 /*
|
|
|
2392 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2393 */
|
|
|
2394 void
|
|
9
|
2395 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2396 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2397 {
|
|
|
2398 short thePart;
|
|
|
2399 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2400
|
|
9
|
2401 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2402
|
|
|
2403 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2404 {
|
|
|
2405 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2406 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2407 break;
|
|
|
2408
|
|
|
2409 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2410 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2411 break;
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2414 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2415 break;
|
|
|
2416
|
|
|
2417 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2418 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2419 break;
|
|
|
2420
|
|
|
2421 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2422 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2423 break;
|
|
|
2424
|
|
|
2425 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2426 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2427 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2428 break;
|
|
|
2429
|
|
|
2430 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2431 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2432 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2433 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2434 #endif
|
|
|
2435 break;
|
|
|
2436 }
|
|
|
2437 }
|
|
|
2438
|
|
|
2439 /*
|
|
|
2440 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2441 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2442 */
|
|
|
2443 void
|
|
9
|
2444 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event)
|
|
7
|
2445 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2446 {
|
|
|
2447 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2448 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2449
|
|
|
2450 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2451 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2452 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2453
|
|
|
2454 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2455 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2456 else
|
|
|
2457 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2458 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2459 #endif
|
|
|
2460 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2461 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2462
|
|
|
2463 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2464 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2465 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2466 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2467 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2470 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2471
|
|
|
2472 }
|
|
|
2473
|
|
|
2474 /*
|
|
|
2475 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2476 */
|
|
|
2477 void
|
|
9
|
2478 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2479 EventRecord *theEvent;
|
|
|
2480 {
|
|
|
2481 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2482 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2483
|
|
|
2484 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2485 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2486 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2487 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2488 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2489 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2490 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2491
|
|
|
2492 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2493 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2494 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2495 {
|
|
|
2496 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2497 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2498 }
|
|
|
2499 #endif
|
|
9
|
2500 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2501 }
|
|
|
2502
|
|
|
2503 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
2504 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2505 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2506 void *data)
|
|
|
2507 {
|
|
|
2508 EventRef bogusEvent;
|
|
|
2509 Point point;
|
|
|
2510 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2511 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2512 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2513 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
2515 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2516 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2517 goto bail;
|
|
|
2518 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2519 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2520 goto bail;
|
|
|
2521 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2522 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2523 goto bail;
|
|
|
2524
|
|
|
2525 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2526 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2527 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2528 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2529 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2530 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2531 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2532
|
|
|
2533 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2534 if (noErr != CreateEvent(NULL, kEventClassMouse, kEventMouseMoved, 0,
|
|
|
2535 kEventAttributeNone, &bogusEvent))
|
|
|
2536 goto bail;
|
|
|
2537 if (noErr != PostEventToQueue(GetMainEventQueue(), bogusEvent,
|
|
|
2538 kEventPriorityLow))
|
|
|
2539 goto bail;
|
|
|
2540
|
|
37
|
2541 ReleaseEvent(bogusEvent);
|
|
|
2542
|
|
7
|
2543 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2544 {
|
|
|
2545 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2546 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2550 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2551
|
|
|
2552 return noErr;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 bail:
|
|
|
2555 /*
|
|
|
2556 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2557 * it's actions
|
|
|
2558 */
|
|
|
2559 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2560 }
|
|
|
2561 #endif /* defined(USE_MOUSEWHEEL) */
|
|
|
2562
|
|
|
2563 #if 0
|
|
|
2564
|
|
|
2565 /*
|
|
|
2566 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2567 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2568 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2569 */
|
|
|
2570 void
|
|
|
2571 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2572 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2573 {
|
|
|
2574 /*
|
|
|
2575 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2576 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2577 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2578 */
|
|
|
2579
|
|
|
2580 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2581 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2584 return;
|
|
|
2585
|
|
|
2586 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2587 {
|
|
|
2588 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2589 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2590 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2591 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2592 }
|
|
|
2593 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2594 {
|
|
|
2595 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2596 }
|
|
|
2597
|
|
|
2598 }
|
|
|
2599 #endif
|
|
|
2600
|
|
|
2601 /*
|
|
|
2602 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2603 */
|
|
|
2604 void
|
|
|
2605 gui_mac_handle_menu(menuChoice)
|
|
|
2606 long menuChoice;
|
|
|
2607 {
|
|
|
2608 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2609 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2610 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2611 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2612 MenuHandle appleMenu;
|
|
|
2613 Str255 itemName;
|
|
|
2614 #endif
|
|
|
2615
|
|
|
2616 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2617 {
|
|
|
2618 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2619 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2620 else
|
|
|
2621 {
|
|
|
2622 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2623 /* Desk Accessory doesn't exist in Carbon */
|
|
9
|
2624 appleMenu = GetMenuHandle(menu);
|
|
|
2625 GetMenuItemText(appleMenu, item, itemName);
|
|
|
2626 (void) OpenDeskAcc(itemName);
|
|
7
|
2627 #endif
|
|
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629 }
|
|
|
2630 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2631 {
|
|
|
2632 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2635 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2636 }
|
|
9
|
2637 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2638 }
|
|
|
2639
|
|
|
2640 /*
|
|
|
2641 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2642 */
|
|
|
2643
|
|
|
2644 void
|
|
9
|
2645 gui_mac_handle_event(event)
|
|
7
|
2646 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2647 {
|
|
|
2648 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2649
|
|
|
2650 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
|
2651 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2652 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2653 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2654 {
|
|
|
2655 # if 0
|
|
|
2656 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
|
2657 # else
|
|
|
2658 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2659 # endif
|
|
|
2660 return;
|
|
|
2661 }
|
|
|
2662 #endif
|
|
|
2663
|
|
|
2664 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2665 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2666 {
|
|
|
2667 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2668 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2669 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2670 break;
|
|
|
2671
|
|
|
2672 case (keyUp):
|
|
|
2673 /* We don't care about when the key get release */
|
|
|
2674 break;
|
|
|
2675
|
|
|
2676 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2677 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2678 break;
|
|
|
2679
|
|
|
2680 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2681 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2682 break;
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2685 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2686 break;
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2689 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2690 break;
|
|
|
2691
|
|
|
2692 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2693 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2694 break;
|
|
|
2695
|
|
|
2696 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2697 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2698 {
|
|
|
2699 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2700 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2701 break;
|
|
|
2702 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2703 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2704 break;
|
|
|
2705 }
|
|
|
2706 break;
|
|
|
2707
|
|
|
2708 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2709 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2710 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2711 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2712 break;
|
|
|
2713 #endif
|
|
|
2714 }
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716
|
|
|
2717 /*
|
|
|
2718 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2719 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2720 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2721 */
|
|
|
2722
|
|
|
2723
|
|
|
2724 GuiFont
|
|
9
|
2725 gui_mac_find_font(font_name)
|
|
7
|
2726 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
2727 {
|
|
|
2728 char_u c;
|
|
|
2729 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2730 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2731 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2732 short font_id;
|
|
|
2733 short size=9;
|
|
|
2734 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2735 #if 0
|
|
|
2736 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2737 #endif
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2740 ;
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 c = *p;
|
|
|
2743 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2744
|
|
|
2745 #if 1
|
|
|
2746 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2747 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2748 *p = c;
|
|
|
2749
|
|
9
|
2750 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
13
|
2751
|
|
|
2752 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2753 {
|
|
|
2754 /*
|
|
|
2755 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2756 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2757 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2758 */
|
|
|
2759 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2760
|
|
|
2761 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2762 {
|
|
|
2763 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2764 {
|
|
|
2765 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2766 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2767 }
|
|
|
2768 }
|
|
|
2769 if (changed)
|
|
|
2770 GetFNum(pFontName, &font_id);
|
|
|
2771 }
|
|
|
2772
|
|
7
|
2773 #else
|
|
|
2774 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2775 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2776
|
|
9
|
2777 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2778 #endif
|
|
|
2779
|
|
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2782 {
|
|
|
2783 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2784
|
|
9
|
2785 GetFontName(0, systemFontname);
|
|
7
|
2786 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2787 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2788 }
|
|
|
2789 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2790 {
|
|
|
2791 p++;
|
|
|
2792 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2793 while (*p)
|
|
|
2794 {
|
|
|
2795 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2796 {
|
|
|
2797 case 'h':
|
|
|
2798 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2799 break;
|
|
|
2800 /*
|
|
|
2801 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2802 */
|
|
|
2803 }
|
|
|
2804 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2805 p++;
|
|
|
2806 }
|
|
|
2807 }
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2810 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2811
|
|
|
2812 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2813
|
|
|
2814 return font;
|
|
|
2815 }
|
|
|
2816
|
|
|
2817 /*
|
|
|
2818 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2819 * GUI_MCH functionnality
|
|
|
2820 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2821 */
|
|
|
2822
|
|
|
2823 /*
|
|
|
2824 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2825 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2826 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2827 */
|
|
|
2828 void
|
|
|
2829 gui_mch_prepare(argc, argv)
|
|
|
2830 int *argc;
|
|
|
2831 char **argv;
|
|
|
2832 {
|
|
|
2833 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2834 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2835 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2836 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2837 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2838 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2839 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2840 # else
|
|
|
2841 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2842 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2843 # endif
|
|
|
2844 #endif
|
|
|
2845
|
|
|
2846 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2847 MaxApplZone(); /* What could replace thos */
|
|
|
2848 /* In Carbon, all shared library are automatically load in
|
|
|
2849 * there's no need to init them
|
|
|
2850 */
|
|
|
2851 InitGraf(&qd.thePort);
|
|
|
2852 InitFonts();
|
|
|
2853 InitWindows();
|
|
|
2854 InitMenus();
|
|
|
2855 TEInit();
|
|
|
2856 InitDialogs(nil);
|
|
|
2857 #else
|
|
|
2858 /* Why did I put that in? (Dany) */
|
|
|
2859 MoreMasterPointers (0x40 * 3); /* we love handles */
|
|
|
2860 #endif
|
|
|
2861
|
|
|
2862 #if 0
|
|
|
2863 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2864
|
|
|
2865 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2866 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2867 #endif
|
|
|
2868
|
|
|
2869 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2870 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2871 #endif
|
|
|
2872
|
|
|
2873 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
2874 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
2875 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
2876 else
|
|
|
2877 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
2878
|
|
|
2879 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
2880 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
2881 #endif
|
|
|
2882
|
|
|
2883 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
2884 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
2885 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
2886 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
2887 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
2888 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
2889 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
2890 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
2891 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
2892 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
2893 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
2894 #endif
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
2899 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
2900 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
2901 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
2902 #endif
|
|
|
2903
|
|
|
2904 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2905
|
|
|
2906 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2907
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2910 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2911 #else
|
|
9
|
2912 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2913 #endif
|
|
|
2914
|
|
|
2915
|
|
|
2916 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2917 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2918 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2919 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2920 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2921 #else
|
|
|
2922 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, documentProc,
|
|
|
2923 (WindowPtr) -1L, false, 0);
|
|
|
2924 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2925 #endif
|
|
|
2926
|
|
|
2927 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2928 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2929 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2930 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2931 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2932 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2933
|
|
|
2934 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
2935 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2936 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2937 #else
|
|
9
|
2938 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2939 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2940 #endif
|
|
|
2941
|
|
|
2942 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
2943 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
2944 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
2945 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
2946 # else
|
|
|
2947 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
2948 # endif
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
2951 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
2952 else
|
|
|
2953 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
2954 #endif
|
|
|
2955
|
|
|
2956 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2957 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2958 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2959 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2960 #endif
|
|
|
2961 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2962 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2963 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2964 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2965 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2966 # else
|
|
|
2967 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2968 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2969 * This technic remove the ../Contents/MacOS/etc part
|
|
|
2970 */
|
|
9
|
2971 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2972 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2973
|
|
9
|
2974 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2975 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2976
|
|
9
|
2977 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2980 # endif
|
|
9
|
2981 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2982 #endif
|
|
|
2983
|
|
|
2984 #ifdef USE_VIM_CREATOR_ID
|
|
|
2985 _fcreator = 'VIM!';
|
|
|
2986 _ftype = 'TEXT';
|
|
|
2987 #endif
|
|
|
2988 }
|
|
|
2989
|
|
|
2990 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2991 /*
|
|
|
2992 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2993 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2994 */
|
|
|
2995 int
|
|
|
2996 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2997 {
|
|
|
2998 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2999 * using the >console
|
|
|
3000 */
|
|
|
3001 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
3002 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3003 return OK;
|
|
|
3004 }
|
|
|
3005 #endif
|
|
|
3006
|
|
|
3007 static OSErr
|
|
|
3008 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void* handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
|
3009 {
|
|
|
3010 int x, y;
|
|
|
3011 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
3012 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
3013 int count;
|
|
|
3014 int i, j;
|
|
|
3015
|
|
|
3016 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
3017 {
|
|
|
3018 Point point;
|
|
|
3019 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
3020 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
3023 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
3024 x = point.h;
|
|
|
3025 y = point.v;
|
|
|
3026 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3027 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
3028 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
3029 count = countItem;
|
|
|
3030 }
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
3033 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
3034 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
3035
|
|
|
3036 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3037 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3038 {
|
|
|
3039 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3040 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3041 Size size;
|
|
|
3042 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3043 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3046 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3047 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3048 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3049 continue;
|
|
|
3050 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3051 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3052 continue;
|
|
|
3053 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3054 }
|
|
|
3055 count = j;
|
|
|
3056
|
|
|
3057 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
3058
|
|
|
3059 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
3060 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
3061
|
|
7
|
3062 return noErr;
|
|
|
3063 }
|
|
|
3064
|
|
|
3065 /*
|
|
|
3066 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3067 * etc.
|
|
|
3068 */
|
|
|
3069 int
|
|
|
3070 gui_mch_init()
|
|
|
3071 {
|
|
|
3072 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
3073 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3074 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
|
3075 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3076 long gestalt_rc;
|
|
|
3077 #endif
|
|
|
3078 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3079 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
|
3080 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
|
3081 #endif
|
|
|
3082 #if 1
|
|
|
3083 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3084
|
|
|
3085 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3086 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3087 #endif
|
|
|
3088
|
|
|
3089 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3090 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3091 #endif
|
|
|
3092
|
|
|
3093 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
3094 if (Gestalt(gestaltContextualMenuAttr, &gestalt_rc) == noErr)
|
|
|
3095 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = BitTst(&gestalt_rc, 31-gestaltContextualMenuTrapAvailable);
|
|
|
3096 else
|
|
|
3097 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = false;
|
|
|
3098
|
|
|
3099 if (gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu)
|
|
|
3100 gui.MacOSHaveCntxMenu = (InitContextualMenus()==noErr);
|
|
|
3101 #endif
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
3104 SIOUXSettings.standalone = false;
|
|
|
3105 SIOUXSettings.initializeTB = false;
|
|
|
3106 SIOUXSettings.setupmenus = false;
|
|
|
3107 SIOUXSettings.asktosaveonclose = false;
|
|
|
3108 SIOUXSettings.showstatusline = true;
|
|
|
3109 SIOUXSettings.toppixel = 300;
|
|
|
3110 SIOUXSettings.leftpixel = 10;
|
|
9
|
3111 InstallConsole(1); /* fileno(stdout) = 1, on page 430 of MSL C */
|
|
|
3112 printf("Debugging console enabled\n");
|
|
|
3113 /* SIOUXSetTitle((char_u *) "Vim Stdout"); */
|
|
|
3114 #endif
|
|
|
3115
|
|
|
3116 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3117
|
|
|
3118 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
7
|
3119 #ifndef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3120 AppendMenu(pomme, "\p-");
|
|
|
3121 AppendResMenu(pomme, 'DRVR');
|
|
|
3122 #endif
|
|
|
3123
|
|
|
3124 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3125
|
|
|
3126 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3127
|
|
|
3128
|
|
|
3129 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3130 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3131 #else
|
|
9
|
3132 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3133 #endif
|
|
|
3134
|
|
|
3135 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3136 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3137 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3138 #else
|
|
|
3139 documentProc,
|
|
|
3140 #endif
|
|
|
3141 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
|
3142 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3143 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
|
3144 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3145 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3146 #else
|
|
|
3147 SetPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3148 #endif
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3151 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3152 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3153 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3154 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3155 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 #if TARGET_API_MAC_CARBON
|
|
9
|
3158 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3159 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3160 #else
|
|
9
|
3161 gScrollAction = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3162 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionProc(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
3163 #endif
|
|
|
3164
|
|
13
|
3165 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3166 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3167 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
|
3168 #endif
|
|
|
3169
|
|
7
|
3170 /* Getting a handle to the Help menu */
|
|
|
3171 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
3172 # ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3173 HMGetHelpMenu(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu, NULL);
|
|
|
3174 # else
|
|
|
3175 (void) HMGetHelpMenuHandle(&gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
|
3176 # endif
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 if (gui.MacOSHelpMenu != nil)
|
|
9
|
3179 gui.MacOSHelpItems = CountMenuItems(gui.MacOSHelpMenu);
|
|
7
|
3180 else
|
|
|
3181 gui.MacOSHelpItems = 0;
|
|
|
3182 #endif
|
|
|
3183
|
|
|
3184 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3185 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3186 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3187 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3188 #endif
|
|
|
3189 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3190 display_errors();
|
|
|
3191
|
|
|
3192 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
|
3193 /* TODO: do the approriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
|
3194 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3195 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3196
|
|
|
3197 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3198 * file). */
|
|
|
3199 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3200
|
|
|
3201 /*
|
|
|
3202 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3203 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3204 */
|
|
|
3205 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3206 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3207 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3208
|
|
|
3209 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3210 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3211 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3212
|
|
|
3213 /*
|
|
|
3214 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3215 */
|
|
|
3216 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3217 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3218 #endif
|
|
|
3219 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3220 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3221
|
|
|
3222 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3223 /* If Quartz-style text antialiasing is available (see
|
|
|
3224 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3225 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
|
3226 #endif
|
|
|
3227
|
|
|
3228 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3229 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3230 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3231 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3232 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3233 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3234 {
|
|
|
3235 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3236 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3237 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3238 }
|
|
|
3239 #endif
|
|
|
3240
|
|
|
3241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3242 set_option_value((char_u *)"termencoding", 0L, (char_u *)"macroman", 0);
|
|
|
3243 #endif
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3246 return OK;
|
|
|
3247 }
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 /*
|
|
|
3250 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3251 */
|
|
|
3252 void
|
|
|
3253 gui_mch_new_colors()
|
|
|
3254 {
|
|
|
3255 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3256 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3257 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3258 */
|
|
|
3259 }
|
|
|
3260
|
|
|
3261 /*
|
|
|
3262 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3263 */
|
|
|
3264 int
|
|
|
3265 gui_mch_open()
|
|
|
3266 {
|
|
|
3267 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3268
|
|
|
3269 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3270 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3271
|
|
|
3272 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3273 /*
|
|
|
3274 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3275 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3276 */
|
|
|
3277 {
|
|
|
3278 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3279 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3280 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3281 }
|
|
|
3282 #endif
|
|
|
3283
|
|
|
3284 return OK;
|
|
|
3285 }
|
|
|
3286
|
|
|
3287 void
|
|
|
3288 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3289 {
|
|
|
3290 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3291 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3292
|
|
|
3293 #ifdef USE_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
|
3294 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3295 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3296 #endif
|
|
|
3297
|
|
|
3298 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3299 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 /*
|
|
|
3303 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3304 */
|
|
|
3305 int
|
|
|
3306 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3307 {
|
|
|
3308 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3309 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3310 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3311 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3312
|
|
|
3313 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3314 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3317 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3318 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3319 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3320 return OK;
|
|
|
3321 #endif
|
|
|
3322 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3323 }
|
|
|
3324
|
|
|
3325 /*
|
|
|
3326 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3327 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3328 */
|
|
|
3329 void
|
|
|
3330 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3331 {
|
|
|
3332 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3333 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3334 */
|
|
|
3335 MoveWindow(gui.VimWindow, x, y, TRUE);
|
|
|
3336 }
|
|
|
3337
|
|
|
3338 void
|
|
|
3339 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3340 int width,
|
|
|
3341 int height,
|
|
|
3342 int min_width,
|
|
|
3343 int min_height,
|
|
|
3344 int base_width,
|
|
|
3345 int base_height)
|
|
|
3346 {
|
|
|
3347 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
3348 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3349 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3350 #endif
|
|
|
3351
|
|
|
3352 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3353 {
|
|
|
3354 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3355 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3356 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3357 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3358 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3359 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3360 #else
|
|
|
3361 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
|
3362 /* SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3363 #endif
|
|
|
3364 }
|
|
|
3365 else
|
|
|
3366 {
|
|
|
3367 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
3368 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3369 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3370 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3371 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3372 #else
|
|
|
3373 gui.VimWindow->portRect.left = 0;
|
|
|
3374 #endif;
|
|
|
3375 }
|
|
|
3376
|
|
|
3377 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3380 }
|
|
|
3381
|
|
|
3382 /*
|
|
|
3383 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3384 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3385 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
|
3386 * TODO: Add live udate of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
|
3387 */
|
|
|
3388 void
|
|
|
3389 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(screen_w, screen_h)
|
|
|
3390 int *screen_w;
|
|
|
3391 int *screen_h;
|
|
|
3392 {
|
|
|
3393 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3394 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3395
|
|
|
3396 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3397 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3398 }
|
|
|
3399
|
|
|
3400
|
|
13
|
3401 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3402 /*
|
|
|
3403 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3404 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3405 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3406 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3407 */
|
|
|
3408 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3409 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3410 {
|
|
|
3411 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3412 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3413 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3414
|
|
|
3415 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3416 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3417 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3418 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3419 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3420 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3421 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3422 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3423 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3424
|
|
|
3425 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3426 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3427 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3428
|
|
|
3429 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3430 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3431 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3432 {
|
|
|
3433 /*
|
|
|
3434 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3435 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3436 */
|
|
|
3437 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3438 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3439 {
|
|
|
3440 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3441 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3442 }
|
|
|
3443
|
|
|
3444 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3445 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3446 }
|
|
|
3447 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3448 }
|
|
|
3449 #endif
|
|
|
3450
|
|
7
|
3451
|
|
|
3452 /*
|
|
|
3453 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3454 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3455 */
|
|
|
3456 int
|
|
|
3457 gui_mch_init_font(font_name, fontset)
|
|
|
3458 char_u *font_name;
|
|
|
3459 int fontset; /* not used */
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3462 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
|
3463 int suggestedSize = 9;
|
|
|
3464 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3465 short font_id;
|
|
|
3466 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3467 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3468
|
|
|
3469 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3470 {
|
|
|
3471 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3472 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3473
|
|
|
3474 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3475 {
|
|
|
3476 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3477 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3478 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3479 }
|
|
37
|
3480 else
|
|
|
3481 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3482 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3483 }
|
|
13
|
3484 #if defined(USE_CARBONIZED) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3485 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
37
|
3487 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3488
|
|
|
3489 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3490 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3491 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3492
|
|
|
3493 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3494 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3495 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3496 {
|
|
37
|
3497 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3498 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3499 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3500 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3501 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3502 {
|
|
|
3503 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3504 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3505 }
|
|
|
3506 }
|
|
|
3507 }
|
|
|
3508 #endif
|
|
7
|
3509 else
|
|
|
3510 {
|
|
9
|
3511 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
37
|
3512 STRNCPY(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name));
|
|
|
3513 used_font_name[sizeof(used_font_name) - 1] = NUL;
|
|
7
|
3514
|
|
|
3515 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3516 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3517 }
|
|
37
|
3518
|
|
7
|
3519 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3520
|
|
37
|
3521 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3522
|
|
9
|
3523 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3524 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3525
|
|
|
3526 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
9
|
3529 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
7
|
3530 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3531
|
|
|
3532 return OK;
|
|
|
3533
|
|
|
3534 }
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 int
|
|
|
3537 gui_mch_adjust_charsize()
|
|
|
3538 {
|
|
|
3539 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3540
|
|
9
|
3541 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3542 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3543 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3544 return OK;
|
|
|
3545 }
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 /*
|
|
|
3548 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3549 */
|
|
|
3550 GuiFont
|
|
|
3551 gui_mch_get_font(name, giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3552 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3553 int giveErrorIfMissing;
|
|
|
3554 {
|
|
|
3555 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3556
|
|
|
3557 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3560 {
|
|
|
3561 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3562 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3563 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3564 }
|
|
|
3565 /*
|
|
|
3566 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3567 */
|
|
|
3568
|
|
|
3569 return font;
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571
|
|
44
|
3572 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3573 /*
|
|
37
|
3574 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3575 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3576 */
|
|
|
3577 char_u *
|
|
|
3578 gui_mch_get_fontname(font, name)
|
|
|
3579 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3580 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3581 {
|
|
|
3582 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3583 return NULL;
|
|
|
3584 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3585 }
|
|
44
|
3586 #endif
|
|
37
|
3587
|
|
|
3588 /*
|
|
7
|
3589 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3590 */
|
|
|
3591 void
|
|
|
3592 gui_mch_set_font(font)
|
|
|
3593 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3594 {
|
|
|
3595 /*
|
|
|
3596 * TODO: maybe avoid set again the current font.
|
|
|
3597 */
|
|
|
3598 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3599 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3600 }
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 #if 0 /* not used */
|
|
|
3603 /*
|
|
|
3604 * Return TRUE if the two fonts given are equivalent.
|
|
|
3605 */
|
|
|
3606 int
|
|
|
3607 gui_mch_same_font(f1, f2)
|
|
|
3608 GuiFont f1;
|
|
|
3609 GuiFont f2;
|
|
|
3610 {
|
|
|
3611 return f1 == f2;
|
|
|
3612 }
|
|
|
3613 #endif
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 /*
|
|
|
3616 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3617 */
|
|
|
3618 void
|
|
|
3619 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3620 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3621 {
|
|
|
3622 /*
|
|
|
3623 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3624 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3625 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3626 */
|
|
|
3627 }
|
|
|
3628
|
|
|
3629 static int
|
|
|
3630 hex_digit(c)
|
|
|
3631 int c;
|
|
|
3632 {
|
|
|
3633 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3634 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3635 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3636 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3637 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3638 return -1000;
|
|
|
3639 }
|
|
|
3640
|
|
|
3641 /*
|
|
|
3642 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3643 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3644 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3645 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3646 */
|
|
|
3647 guicolor_T
|
|
|
3648 gui_mch_get_color(name)
|
|
|
3649 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3650 {
|
|
|
3651 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3652 */
|
|
|
3653 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3654 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3655
|
|
|
3656 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3657 {
|
|
|
3658 char *name;
|
|
|
3659 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3660 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3661
|
|
|
3662 /*
|
|
|
3663 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3664 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3665 */
|
|
|
3666 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3667 {
|
|
|
3668 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3669 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3670 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3671 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3672 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3673 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3674 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3675 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3676 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3677 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3678 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3679 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3680 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3681 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3682 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3683 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3684 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3685 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3686 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3687 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3688 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3689 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3690 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3691 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3692 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3693 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3694 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3695 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3696 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3697 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3698 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3699 };
|
|
|
3700
|
|
|
3701 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3702 int i;
|
|
|
3703
|
|
|
3704 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3705 {
|
|
|
3706 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3707 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3708 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3709 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3710 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3711 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3712 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3713 }
|
|
|
3714 else
|
|
|
3715 {
|
|
9
|
3716 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3717 {
|
|
9
|
3718 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3719 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3720 }
|
|
|
3721 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3722 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3723 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3724 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3725 }
|
|
|
3726
|
|
|
3727
|
|
|
3728 /*
|
|
|
3729 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3730 */
|
|
|
3731 {
|
|
|
3732 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3733 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3734 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3735 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 #ifdef COLON_AS_PATHSEP
|
|
|
3738 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME:rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3739 #else
|
|
|
3740 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3741 #endif
|
|
|
3742 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3743 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3744
|
|
|
3745 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3746 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3747 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3748 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3749
|
|
|
3750 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 int len;
|
|
|
3753 int pos;
|
|
|
3754 char *color;
|
|
|
3755
|
|
|
3756 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3757 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3758
|
|
|
3759 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3760 continue;
|
|
|
3761
|
|
|
3762 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3763
|
|
|
3764 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3765 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3766 continue;
|
|
|
3767
|
|
|
3768 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3769
|
|
|
3770 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3771 {
|
|
|
3772 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3773 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3774 }
|
|
|
3775 }
|
|
|
3776 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3777 }
|
|
|
3778
|
|
|
3779 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3780 }
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 /*
|
|
|
3783 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3784 */
|
|
|
3785 void
|
|
|
3786 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color)
|
|
|
3787 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3788 {
|
|
|
3789 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3790
|
|
|
3791 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3792 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3793 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3794
|
|
9
|
3795 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3796 }
|
|
|
3797
|
|
|
3798 /*
|
|
|
3799 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3800 */
|
|
|
3801 void
|
|
|
3802 gui_mch_set_bg_color(color)
|
|
|
3803 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3804 {
|
|
|
3805 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3806
|
|
|
3807 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3808 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3809 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3810
|
|
9
|
3811 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3812 }
|
|
|
3813
|
|
|
3814 void
|
|
|
3815 gui_mch_draw_string(row, col, s, len, flags)
|
|
|
3816 int row;
|
|
|
3817 int col;
|
|
|
3818 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3819 int len;
|
|
|
3820 int flags;
|
|
|
3821 {
|
|
|
3822 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3823 SInt32 sys_version;
|
|
|
3824 #endif
|
|
|
3825 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3826 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3827
|
|
|
3828 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3829 {
|
|
|
3830 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3831 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3832 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3833 }
|
|
|
3834 #endif
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(MACOS_X)
|
|
|
3837 /*
|
|
|
3838 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3839 */
|
|
|
3840 sys_version = 0;
|
|
|
3841
|
|
|
3842 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &sys_version);
|
|
|
3843 if (sys_version >= 0x1020)
|
|
|
3844 {
|
|
|
3845 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3846 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3847 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
|
3848 (void)SwapQDTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
|
3849 }
|
|
|
3850
|
|
36
|
3851 /*
|
|
|
3852 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3853 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3854 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3855 * underlining.
|
|
|
3856 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3857 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3858 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3859 */
|
|
|
3860 if (((sys_version >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
|
3861 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3862 {
|
|
|
3863 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3864
|
|
|
3865 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3866 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
3867 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3868 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3869 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3870 }
|
|
|
3871
|
|
7
|
3872 if (sys_version >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
|
3873 {
|
|
|
3874 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
3875
|
|
|
3876 face = normal;
|
|
|
3877 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3878 face |= bold;
|
|
|
3879 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3880 face |= underline;
|
|
|
3881 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
3882
|
|
|
3883 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
3884 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3885
|
|
|
3886 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3887 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
3888 }
|
|
|
3889 else
|
|
|
3890 #endif
|
|
|
3891 {
|
|
|
3892 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
3893 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
3894 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
3897
|
|
|
3898 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
3899 {
|
|
9
|
3900 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902
|
|
9
|
3903 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3904 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3905
|
|
|
3906
|
|
|
3907 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
3908 {
|
|
9
|
3909 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
3910 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
3911 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
7
|
3912 }
|
|
|
3913
|
|
|
3914 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
9
|
3916 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
3917 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3918 }
|
|
|
3919 }
|
|
|
3920
|
|
|
3921 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3922 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
3923 #endif
|
|
|
3924 }
|
|
|
3925
|
|
|
3926 /*
|
|
|
3927 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
3928 */
|
|
|
3929 int
|
|
|
3930 gui_mch_haskey(name)
|
|
|
3931 char_u *name;
|
|
|
3932 {
|
|
|
3933 int i;
|
|
|
3934
|
|
|
3935 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
3936 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
3937 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
3938 return OK;
|
|
|
3939 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 void
|
|
|
3943 gui_mch_beep()
|
|
|
3944 {
|
|
9
|
3945 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
3946 }
|
|
|
3947
|
|
|
3948 void
|
|
|
3949 gui_mch_flash(msec)
|
|
|
3950 int msec;
|
|
|
3951 {
|
|
|
3952 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
3953 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3954
|
|
|
3955 /*
|
|
|
3956 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3957 */
|
|
|
3958 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
3959 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
3960 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3961 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3962 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
3965
|
|
|
3966 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3967 }
|
|
|
3968
|
|
|
3969 /*
|
|
|
3970 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
3971 */
|
|
|
3972 void
|
|
|
3973 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(r, c, nr, nc)
|
|
|
3974 int r;
|
|
|
3975 int c;
|
|
|
3976 int nr;
|
|
|
3977 int nc;
|
|
|
3978 {
|
|
|
3979 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3980
|
|
|
3981 /*
|
|
|
3982 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
3983 */
|
|
|
3984 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
3985 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
3986 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
3987 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
3988 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3989
|
|
|
3990 }
|
|
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 /*
|
|
|
3993 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
3994 */
|
|
|
3995 void
|
|
|
3996 gui_mch_iconify()
|
|
|
3997 {
|
|
|
3998 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
3999 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4000 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4001 */
|
|
|
4002 }
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4005 /*
|
|
|
4006 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4007 */
|
|
|
4008 void
|
|
|
4009 gui_mch_set_foreground()
|
|
|
4010 {
|
|
|
4011 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4012 }
|
|
|
4013 #endif
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 /*
|
|
|
4016 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4017 */
|
|
|
4018 void
|
|
|
4019 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(color)
|
|
|
4020 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4021 {
|
|
|
4022 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4025
|
|
|
4026 /*
|
|
|
4027 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4028 */
|
|
|
4029 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4030 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4031 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4032 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4033
|
|
|
4034 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4035
|
|
9
|
4036 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4037 }
|
|
|
4038
|
|
|
4039 /*
|
|
|
4040 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4041 */
|
|
|
4042 void
|
|
|
4043 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(w, h, color)
|
|
|
4044 int w;
|
|
|
4045 int h;
|
|
|
4046 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
4047 {
|
|
|
4048 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4051 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4052 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4053 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4054 else
|
|
|
4055 #endif
|
|
|
4056 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4057 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4058 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4059 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4060
|
|
|
4061 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4062
|
|
9
|
4063 PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4064 }
|
|
|
4065
|
|
|
4066
|
|
|
4067
|
|
|
4068 /*
|
|
|
4069 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4070 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4071 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4072 * immediately.
|
|
|
4073 */
|
|
|
4074 void
|
|
|
4075 gui_mch_update()
|
|
|
4076 {
|
|
|
4077 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4078 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4079 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4080 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4081 *
|
|
|
4082 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4083 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4084 */
|
|
|
4085 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4086
|
|
9
|
4087 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4088 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4089 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4090 }
|
|
|
4091
|
|
|
4092 /*
|
|
|
4093 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4094 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4095 */
|
|
|
4096
|
|
|
4097 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4098 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4099 #endif
|
|
|
4100 pascal
|
|
|
4101 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4102 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4103 {
|
|
|
4104 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4105 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4106 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4107 }
|
|
|
4108
|
|
|
4109 /*
|
|
|
4110 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4111 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4112 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4113 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4114 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4115 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4116 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4117 */
|
|
|
4118 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4119 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4120 #endif
|
|
|
4121 int
|
|
|
4122 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(wtime)
|
|
|
4123 int wtime;
|
|
|
4124 {
|
|
|
4125 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4126 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4127 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4128 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4129 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4130
|
|
|
4131 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4132 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4133 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4134 */
|
|
|
4135 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4136 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4137 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4140
|
|
|
4141 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4142
|
|
|
4143 do
|
|
|
4144 {
|
|
|
4145 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4146 {
|
|
|
4147 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4148 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4149 }
|
|
|
4150 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4151 {
|
|
|
4152 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4153 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4154 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4155 }
|
|
|
4156 /*
|
|
|
4157 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4158 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4159 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4160 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4161 */
|
|
|
4162 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4163 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
|
4164 sleeppyTick = 60*wtime/1000;
|
|
|
4165 else
|
|
|
4166 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
9
|
4167 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4168 {
|
|
|
4169 #ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
|
4170 if (!SIOUXHandleOneEvent(&event))
|
|
|
4171 #endif
|
|
9
|
4172 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4173 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4174 {
|
|
|
4175 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4176 return OK;
|
|
|
4177 }
|
|
|
4178 }
|
|
|
4179 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4182
|
|
|
4183 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4184 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4185 }
|
|
|
4186
|
|
|
4187 #if defined(__MWERKS__) /* only in Codewarrior */
|
|
|
4188 # pragma profile reset
|
|
|
4189 #endif
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 /*
|
|
|
4192 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4193 */
|
|
|
4194
|
|
|
4195 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4196 void
|
|
|
4197 gui_mch_flush()
|
|
|
4198 {
|
|
|
4199 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4200 }
|
|
|
4201
|
|
|
4202 /*
|
|
|
4203 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4204 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4205 */
|
|
|
4206 void
|
|
|
4207 gui_mch_clear_block(row1, col1, row2, col2)
|
|
|
4208 int row1;
|
|
|
4209 int col1;
|
|
|
4210 int row2;
|
|
|
4211 int col2;
|
|
|
4212 {
|
|
|
4213 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4214
|
|
|
4215 /*
|
|
|
4216 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4217 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4218 */
|
|
|
4219 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4220 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4221 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4222 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4223
|
|
|
4224 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4225 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4226 }
|
|
|
4227
|
|
|
4228 /*
|
|
|
4229 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4230 */
|
|
|
4231 void
|
|
|
4232 gui_mch_clear_all()
|
|
|
4233 {
|
|
|
4234 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4235
|
|
|
4236 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4237 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4238 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4239 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4240
|
|
|
4241 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4242 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4243 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4244 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4245 */
|
|
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 /*
|
|
|
4249 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4250 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4251 */
|
|
|
4252 void
|
|
|
4253 gui_mch_delete_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4254 int row;
|
|
|
4255 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4256 {
|
|
|
4257 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4260 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4261 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4262 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4263 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4264
|
|
|
4265 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4266 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4267
|
|
|
4268 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4269 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4270 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4271 }
|
|
|
4272
|
|
|
4273 /*
|
|
|
4274 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4275 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4276 */
|
|
|
4277 void
|
|
|
4278 gui_mch_insert_lines(row, num_lines)
|
|
|
4279 int row;
|
|
|
4280 int num_lines;
|
|
|
4281 {
|
|
|
4282 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4285 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4286 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4287 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4290
|
|
9
|
4291 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4292
|
|
|
4293 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4294 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4295 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4296 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4297 {
|
|
|
4298 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4299 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4300 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4301 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4302 }
|
|
|
4303
|
|
|
4304 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4305 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4306 }
|
|
|
4307
|
|
|
4308 /*
|
|
|
4309 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4310 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4311 */
|
|
|
4312
|
|
|
4313 void
|
|
|
4314 clip_mch_request_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4315 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4316 {
|
|
|
4317
|
|
|
4318 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4319 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4320 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4321 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4322 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4323 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4324 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4325 #else
|
|
|
4326 long scrapOffset;
|
|
|
4327 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4328 #endif
|
|
|
4329 int type;
|
|
|
4330 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4331 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4332
|
|
|
4333
|
|
|
4334 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4335 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4336 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4337 return;
|
|
|
4338
|
|
9
|
4339 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4340 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4343 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4344 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4345 }
|
|
|
4346
|
|
|
4347 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4348 {
|
|
|
4349 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4350 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4351 return;
|
|
|
4352
|
|
|
4353 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4354 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4355 return;
|
|
|
4356 }
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4359 #else
|
|
|
4360 /* Call to LoadScrap seem to avoid problem with crash on first paste */
|
|
|
4361 scrapSize = LoadScrap();
|
|
|
4362 scrapSize = GetScrap(nil, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4363
|
|
|
4364 if (scrapSize > 0)
|
|
|
4365 #endif
|
|
|
4366 {
|
|
|
4367 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4368 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
9
|
4369 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4370 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4371 #else
|
|
|
4372 textOfClip = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
4373 #endif
|
|
9
|
4374 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4375 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4376 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4377 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : kScrapFlavorTypeText,
|
|
|
4378 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4379 #else
|
|
|
4380 scrapSize = GetScrap(textOfClip, 'TEXT', &scrapOffset);
|
|
|
4381 #endif
|
|
19
|
4382 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
7
|
4383
|
|
9
|
4384 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4385 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4386 else
|
|
|
4387 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
7
|
4388
|
|
19
|
4389 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4390 STRNCPY(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4391 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4394 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4395 {
|
|
|
4396 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4397
|
|
|
4398 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4399 searchCR[0] = '\n';
|
|
|
4400
|
|
|
4401 }
|
|
|
4402
|
|
|
4403 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4404 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4405 {
|
|
|
4406 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4407 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4408
|
|
|
4409 to = string_convert(&input_conv, tempclip, &l);
|
|
|
4410 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4411 {
|
|
|
4412 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4413 tempclip = to;
|
|
|
4414 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4415 }
|
|
|
4416 }
|
|
|
4417 #endif
|
|
|
4418 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4421 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4422
|
|
|
4423 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4424 }
|
|
|
4425 }
|
|
|
4426
|
|
|
4427 void
|
|
|
4428 clip_mch_lose_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4429 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4430 {
|
|
|
4431 /*
|
|
|
4432 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4433 */
|
|
|
4434 }
|
|
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 int
|
|
|
4437 clip_mch_own_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4438 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4439 {
|
|
|
4440 return OK;
|
|
|
4441 }
|
|
|
4442
|
|
|
4443 /*
|
|
|
4444 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4445 */
|
|
|
4446 void
|
|
|
4447 clip_mch_set_selection(cbd)
|
|
|
4448 VimClipboard *cbd;
|
|
|
4449 {
|
|
|
4450 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4451 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4452 int type;
|
|
|
4453 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4454 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4455 #endif
|
|
|
4456
|
|
|
4457 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4458
|
|
|
4459 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4460 return;
|
|
|
4461
|
|
|
4462 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 /*
|
|
|
4465 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4466 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4467 *
|
|
|
4468 */
|
|
|
4469
|
|
|
4470 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4471
|
|
|
4472 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *) &scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4473
|
|
|
4474 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4475 if (str != NULL && output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
4476 {
|
|
|
4477 char_u *to;
|
|
|
4478 int l = scrapSize;
|
|
|
4479
|
|
|
4480 to = string_convert(&output_conv, str, &l);
|
|
|
4481 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
4482 {
|
|
|
4483 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4484 str = to;
|
|
|
4485 scrapSize = l;
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488 #endif
|
|
|
4489
|
|
|
4490 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4491 {
|
|
|
4492 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4493 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
|
4494 #else
|
|
|
4495 ZeroScrap();
|
|
|
4496 #endif
|
|
|
4497
|
|
9
|
4498 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4499 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
|
4500 #else
|
|
7
|
4501 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4502 #endif
|
|
7
|
4503 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4504
|
|
|
4505 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
4506 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
|
4507 STRNCPY(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4508 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4509 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, kScrapFlavorTypeText, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4510 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4511 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4512 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4513 #else
|
|
9
|
4514 STRNCPY(*textOfClip, str, scrapSize);
|
|
7
|
4515 PutScrap(scrapSize, 'TEXT', *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4516 #endif
|
|
|
4517 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4518 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4519 }
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4522 }
|
|
|
4523
|
|
|
4524 void
|
|
|
4525 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4526 int x;
|
|
|
4527 int y;
|
|
|
4528 int w;
|
|
|
4529 int h;
|
|
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4532
|
|
9
|
4533 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4534 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4535 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4536 #else
|
|
|
4537 VimBound = gui.VimWindow->portRect;
|
|
|
4538 #endif
|
|
|
4539
|
|
|
4540 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4541 {
|
|
|
4542 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544 else
|
|
|
4545 {
|
|
|
4546 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4547 }
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
4550 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4551 #endif
|
|
|
4552
|
|
9
|
4553 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4554 }
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 /*
|
|
|
4557 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4558 */
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 void
|
|
|
4561 gui_mch_enable_menu(flag)
|
|
|
4562 int flag;
|
|
|
4563 {
|
|
|
4564 /*
|
|
|
4565 * Menu is always active in itself
|
|
|
4566 * (maybe we should only disable a vim menu
|
|
|
4567 * and keep standard menu)
|
|
|
4568 *
|
|
|
4569 */
|
|
|
4570 }
|
|
|
4571
|
|
|
4572 void
|
|
|
4573 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4574 int x;
|
|
|
4575 int y;
|
|
|
4576 int w;
|
|
|
4577 int h;
|
|
|
4578 {
|
|
|
4579 /*
|
|
|
4580 * The menu is always at the top of the screen
|
|
|
4581 * Maybe a futur version will permit a menu in the window
|
|
|
4582 *
|
|
|
4583 */
|
|
|
4584 }
|
|
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 /*
|
|
|
4587 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4588 */
|
|
|
4589 void
|
|
|
4590 gui_mch_add_menu(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4591 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4592 int idx;
|
|
|
4593 {
|
|
|
4594 /*
|
|
|
4595 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4596 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4597 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4598 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4599 */
|
|
|
4600 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4601 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
|
4602 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4603 short index;
|
|
|
4604 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4605 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4606
|
|
|
4607 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4608 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4609 return;
|
|
|
4610
|
|
|
4611 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4612 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4613 return;
|
|
|
4614
|
|
|
4615 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4616 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4617 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4618
|
|
|
4619 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4620 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4621 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4622
|
|
|
4623 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4624 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4625 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4626
|
|
|
4627 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4628 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4629 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4630 return;
|
|
|
4631
|
|
|
4632 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4633 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4634 if (STRNCMP(name, "\4Help", 5) == 0)
|
|
|
4635 {
|
|
|
4636 menu->submenu_id = kHMHelpMenuID;
|
|
|
4637 menu->submenu_handle = gui.MacOSHelpMenu;
|
|
|
4638 }
|
|
|
4639 else
|
|
|
4640 #endif
|
|
|
4641 {
|
|
|
4642 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4643 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4644 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4645 */
|
|
|
4646 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
9
|
4647 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
7
|
4648 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4649 }
|
|
|
4650
|
|
|
4651 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4652 {
|
|
|
4653 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4654
|
|
|
4655 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4656 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4657 */
|
|
|
4658
|
|
|
4659 /* Insert the menu unless it's the Help menu */
|
|
|
4660 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4661 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4662 #endif
|
|
9
|
4663 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4664 #if 1
|
|
|
4665 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4666 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4667 #endif
|
|
|
4668 }
|
|
|
4669 else
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4672
|
|
9
|
4673 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4674
|
|
|
4675 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4676 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4677 */
|
|
|
4678 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4679 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4680 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4681 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4682 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4683 }
|
|
|
4684
|
|
9
|
4685 vim_free(name);
|
|
7
|
4686
|
|
|
4687 #if 0
|
|
|
4688 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4689 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4690 #endif
|
|
|
4691 }
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 /*
|
|
|
4694 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4695 */
|
|
|
4696 void
|
|
|
4697 gui_mch_add_menu_item(menu, idx)
|
|
|
4698 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4699 int idx;
|
|
|
4700 {
|
|
|
4701 char_u *name;
|
|
|
4702 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4703 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4704
|
|
|
4705 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4706 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4707 return;
|
|
|
4708
|
|
|
4709 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4710 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4711
|
|
|
4712 /* Convert the name */
|
|
|
4713 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
|
4714
|
|
|
4715 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4716 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4717 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4718
|
|
|
4719 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4720 /* The index in the help menu are offseted */
|
|
|
4721 if (parent->submenu_id == kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4722 idx += gui.MacOSHelpItems;
|
|
|
4723 #endif
|
|
|
4724
|
|
|
4725 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4726 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4727 {
|
|
|
4728 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4729 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4730 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4733 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4734 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4735
|
|
|
4736 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
|
4737 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, /*keycode=*/0);
|
|
|
4738 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4739 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4740 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4741 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4742 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4743 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4744 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4745 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4746 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4747 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4748 */
|
|
|
4749 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4750 {
|
|
|
4751 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4752 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4753 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4754 */
|
|
|
4755 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4756 key += '@';
|
|
|
4757 }
|
|
|
4758 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4759 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4760 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4761 */
|
|
|
4762 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4763 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4764 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4765 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4766 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4767 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
4768 {
|
|
|
4769 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
4770 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
4771 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
4772 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
4773 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
4774 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
4775 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
4776 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
4777 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
4778 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
4779 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
4780 if (valid)
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
4783 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
4784 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
4785 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
4786 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
4787 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
4788 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
4789 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
4790 }
|
|
|
4791 }
|
|
|
4792 }
|
|
|
4793 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4794 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4795 */
|
|
|
4796 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
4797 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
4798 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
|
4799 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4800
|
|
|
4801 #if 0
|
|
|
4802 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
4803 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4804 #endif
|
|
|
4805
|
|
|
4806 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
4807 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 void
|
|
|
4811 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(enable)
|
|
|
4812 int enable;
|
|
|
4813 {
|
|
|
4814 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
4815 }
|
|
|
4816
|
|
|
4817 /*
|
|
|
4818 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
4819 */
|
|
|
4820 void
|
|
|
4821 gui_mch_destroy_menu(menu)
|
|
|
4822 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4823 {
|
|
9
|
4824 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4825
|
|
|
4826 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
4827 {
|
|
|
4828 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4829 {
|
|
|
4830 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4831 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle != nil) /*gui.MacOSHelpMenu)*/
|
|
|
4832 #endif
|
|
|
4833 {
|
|
|
4834 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
4835 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
4838 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
4839 {
|
|
9
|
4840 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4841 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843 }
|
|
|
4844 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4845 # ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4846 else
|
|
|
4847 {
|
|
9
|
4848 printf("gmdm 1\n");
|
|
7
|
4849 }
|
|
|
4850 # endif
|
|
|
4851 #endif
|
|
|
4852 }
|
|
|
4853 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
4854 else
|
|
|
4855 {
|
|
9
|
4856 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
4857 }
|
|
|
4858 #endif
|
|
|
4859 }
|
|
|
4860 else
|
|
|
4861 {
|
|
|
4862 /* Do not delete the Help Menu */
|
|
|
4863 #ifdef USE_HELPMENU
|
|
|
4864 if (menu->submenu_id != kHMHelpMenuID)
|
|
|
4865 #endif
|
|
|
4866 {
|
|
9
|
4867 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4868 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
4869 }
|
|
|
4870 }
|
|
|
4871 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
4872 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4873 }
|
|
|
4874
|
|
|
4875 /*
|
|
|
4876 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
4877 */
|
|
|
4878 void
|
|
|
4879 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, grey)
|
|
|
4880 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4881 int grey;
|
|
|
4882 {
|
|
|
4883 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
4884 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4885 /*
|
|
|
4886 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
4887 */
|
|
|
4888 if (grey)
|
|
|
4889 {
|
|
|
4890 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4891 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4892 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4893 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4894 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4895 }
|
|
|
4896 else
|
|
|
4897 {
|
|
|
4898 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
4899 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4900 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
4901 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
4902 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
4903 }
|
|
|
4904 }
|
|
|
4905
|
|
|
4906 /*
|
|
|
4907 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
4908 */
|
|
|
4909 void
|
|
|
4910 gui_mch_menu_hidden(menu, hidden)
|
|
|
4911 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
4912 int hidden;
|
|
|
4913 {
|
|
|
4914 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
4915 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
4916 }
|
|
|
4917
|
|
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 /*
|
|
|
4920 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
4921 */
|
|
|
4922 void
|
|
|
4923 gui_mch_draw_menubar()
|
|
|
4924 {
|
|
|
4925 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4926 }
|
|
|
4927
|
|
|
4928
|
|
|
4929 /*
|
|
|
4930 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
4931 */
|
|
|
4932
|
|
|
4933 void
|
|
|
4934 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(sb, flag)
|
|
|
4935 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4936 int flag;
|
|
|
4937 {
|
|
|
4938 if (flag)
|
|
|
4939 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4940 else
|
|
|
4941 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
4942
|
|
|
4943 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4944 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
4945 #endif
|
|
|
4946 }
|
|
|
4947
|
|
|
4948 void
|
|
|
4949 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, val, size, max)
|
|
|
4950 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4951 long val;
|
|
|
4952 long size;
|
|
|
4953 long max;
|
|
|
4954 {
|
|
|
4955 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
4956 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
4957 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
|
4958 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4959 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
4960 #endif
|
|
|
4961 }
|
|
|
4962
|
|
|
4963 void
|
|
|
4964 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(sb, x, y, w, h)
|
|
|
4965 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
4966 int x;
|
|
|
4967 int y;
|
|
|
4968 int w;
|
|
|
4969 int h;
|
|
|
4970 {
|
|
|
4971 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4972 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4973 {
|
|
9
|
4974 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
4975 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4976 }
|
|
|
4977 else
|
|
|
4978 {
|
|
9
|
4979 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4980 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
4981 }*/
|
|
|
4982 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
4983 h += 1;
|
|
|
4984 else
|
|
|
4985 w += 1;
|
|
|
4986
|
|
|
4987 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4988 x -= 15;
|
|
|
4989
|
|
9
|
4990 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
4991 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4992 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
4993 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
4994 #endif
|
|
|
4995 }
|
|
|
4996
|
|
|
4997 void
|
|
|
4998 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(sb, orient)
|
|
|
4999 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5000 int orient; /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
|
5001 {
|
|
|
5002 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5005 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5006 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5007 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5008
|
|
9
|
5009 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5010 &bounds,
|
|
|
5011 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5012 TRUE,
|
|
|
5013 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5014 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5015 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5016 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5017 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5018 #else
|
|
|
5019 scrollBarProc,
|
|
|
5020 #endif
|
|
|
5021 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5022 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5023 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5024 #endif
|
|
|
5025 }
|
|
|
5026
|
|
|
5027 void
|
|
|
5028 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(sb)
|
|
|
5029 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
5030 {
|
|
|
5031 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5032 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5033 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5034 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5035 #endif
|
|
|
5036 }
|
|
|
5037
|
|
|
5038
|
|
|
5039 /*
|
|
|
5040 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5041 *
|
|
|
5042 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5043 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5044 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5045 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5046 */
|
|
|
5047 void
|
|
|
5048 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5049 {
|
|
|
5050 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5051 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5052 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5053 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 /*
|
|
|
5057 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5058 */
|
|
|
5059 void
|
|
|
5060 gui_mch_stop_blink()
|
|
|
5061 {
|
|
|
5062 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5063 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5064 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5065 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5066 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5067 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5068 }
|
|
|
5069
|
|
|
5070 /*
|
|
|
5071 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5072 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5073 */
|
|
|
5074 void
|
|
|
5075 gui_mch_start_blink()
|
|
|
5076 {
|
|
|
5077 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5078 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5079 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5080
|
|
|
5081 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5082 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5083 {
|
|
|
5084 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5085 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5086 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5087 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5088 }*/
|
|
|
5089 }
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 /*
|
|
|
5092 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5093 */
|
|
|
5094 long_u
|
|
|
5095 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5096 {
|
|
|
5097 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5098 }
|
|
|
5099
|
|
|
5100
|
|
|
5101
|
|
|
5102 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5103 /*
|
|
|
5104 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5105 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5106 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5107 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5108 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5109 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5110 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5111 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5112 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5113 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5114 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5115 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5116 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5117 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5118 *
|
|
|
5119 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5120 */
|
|
|
5121 char_u *
|
|
|
5122 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5123 int saving,
|
|
|
5124 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5125 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5126 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5127 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5128 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5129 {
|
|
|
5130 #if defined (USE_NAVIGATION_SERVICE) || defined (USE_CARBONIZED)
|
|
|
5131 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5132 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5133 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5134 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5135 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5136 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5137 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5138
|
|
|
5139 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5140 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5141
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5144 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5145 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5146 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5147 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5148 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5149
|
|
9
|
5150 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5151 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5152 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5153 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5154 */
|
|
|
5155
|
|
|
5156 if (saving)
|
|
|
5157 {
|
|
|
5158 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5159 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5160 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5161 return NULL;
|
|
|
5162 }
|
|
|
5163 else
|
|
|
5164 {
|
|
|
5165 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5166 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5167 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5168 return NULL;
|
|
|
5169 }
|
|
|
5170
|
|
|
5171 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5172
|
|
9
|
5173 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5174
|
|
|
5175 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5176 {
|
|
|
5177 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5178 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5179 }
|
|
|
5180
|
|
|
5181 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5182 return fname;
|
|
|
5183 #else
|
|
|
5184 SFTypeList fileTypes;
|
|
|
5185 StandardFileReply reply;
|
|
|
5186 Str255 Prompt;
|
|
|
5187 Str255 DefaultName;
|
|
|
5188 Str255 Directory;
|
|
|
5189
|
|
|
5190 /* TODO: split dflt in path and filename */
|
|
|
5191
|
|
9
|
5192 (void) C2PascalString(title, &Prompt);
|
|
|
5193 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &DefaultName);
|
|
|
5194 (void) C2PascalString(initdir, &Directory);
|
|
7
|
5195
|
|
|
5196 if (saving)
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 /* Use a custon filter instead of nil FAQ 9-4 */
|
|
9
|
5199 StandardPutFile(Prompt, DefaultName, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5200 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5201 return NULL;
|
|
|
5202 }
|
|
|
5203 else
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
9
|
5205 StandardGetFile(nil, -1, fileTypes, &reply);
|
|
7
|
5206 if (!reply.sfGood)
|
|
|
5207 return NULL;
|
|
|
5208 }
|
|
|
5209
|
|
|
5210 /* Work fine but append a : for new file */
|
|
9
|
5211 return (FullPathFromFSSpec_save(reply.sfFile));
|
|
7
|
5212
|
|
|
5213 /* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5214 /* mch_dirname(IObuff, IOSIZE);
|
|
|
5215 p = shorten_fname(fileBuf, IObuff);
|
|
|
5216 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5217 p = fileBuf;
|
|
|
5218 return vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
5219 */
|
|
|
5220 #endif
|
|
|
5221 }
|
|
|
5222 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5223
|
|
|
5224 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5225 /*
|
|
|
5226 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5227 */
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 /*
|
|
|
5230 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5231 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5232 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5233 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5234 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5235 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5236 *
|
|
|
5237 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5238 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5239 *
|
|
|
5240 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5241 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5242 *
|
|
|
5243 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5244 */
|
|
|
5245
|
|
|
5246 typedef struct
|
|
|
5247 {
|
|
|
5248 short idx;
|
|
|
5249 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5250 Rect box;
|
|
|
5251 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5254
|
|
|
5255 static void
|
|
|
5256 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5257 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5258 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5259 short X,
|
|
|
5260 short Y,
|
|
|
5261 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5262 {
|
|
|
5263 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5264 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5265 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5266 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5267 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5268 #else
|
|
|
5269 short itemType;
|
|
|
5270 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5271 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5272 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5273
|
|
|
5274 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5275 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5276
|
|
9
|
5277 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5278 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5279 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5280 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5281 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5282 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5283 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5284 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5285 #endif
|
|
|
5286 }
|
|
|
5287
|
|
|
5288 static void
|
|
|
5289 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5290 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5291 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5292 short width,
|
|
|
5293 short height)
|
|
|
5294 {
|
|
|
5295 short itemType;
|
|
|
5296 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5297 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5298
|
|
9
|
5299 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5300
|
|
|
5301 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5302 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5303 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5304 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5305 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5306
|
|
|
5307 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5308 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5309 #else
|
|
|
5310 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5311 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5312 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5313
|
|
|
5314 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5315 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5316 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5317 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5320 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5321 #endif
|
|
|
5322 }
|
|
|
5323
|
|
|
5324 static void
|
|
|
5325 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5326 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5327 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5328 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5329 {
|
|
|
5330 short itemType;
|
|
|
5331 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5332 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5333
|
|
9
|
5334 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5335
|
|
|
5336 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5337 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5338 else
|
|
9
|
5339 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5340 }
|
|
|
5341
|
|
|
5342 int
|
|
|
5343 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5344 int type,
|
|
|
5345 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5346 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5347 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5348 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5349 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5350 {
|
|
|
5351 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5352 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5353 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5354 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5355 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5356 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5357 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5358 char_u len;
|
|
|
5359 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5360 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5361 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5362 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5363 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5364 Rect box;
|
|
|
5365 short button;
|
|
|
5366 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5367 short itemType;
|
|
|
5368 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5369 short width;
|
|
|
5370 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all button together incuding spacing */
|
|
|
5371 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5372 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5373 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5374 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5375 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5376 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 short vertical;
|
|
|
5379 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5380 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5381 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5382
|
|
|
5383 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5384 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5385 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5386 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5387
|
|
|
5388 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5389
|
|
|
5390 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5391 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5392
|
|
|
5393 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5394 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5397 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5398
|
|
|
5399 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5400 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5401 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5402 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5403 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5404 */
|
|
9
|
5405 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5406
|
|
|
5407 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5408 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5409 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5410 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5411 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5412 #else
|
|
9
|
5413 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5414 #endif
|
|
|
5415
|
|
|
5416 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5417 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5418 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5419 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5420
|
|
|
5421 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5422 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5423 {
|
|
9
|
5424 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5425 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5426 }
|
|
|
5427
|
|
|
5428 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5429 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5430 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5431 button = 0;
|
|
|
5432
|
|
|
5433 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5434 {
|
|
|
5435 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5436 button++;
|
|
|
5437 len = 0;
|
|
|
5438 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5439 {
|
|
|
5440 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5441 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
|
5442 }
|
|
|
5443 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5444 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5445 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5446
|
|
|
5447 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5448 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5451 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5452
|
|
|
5453 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5454 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5455 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5456 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5457 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5458 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5459 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5460
|
|
|
5461 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5464 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5465 }
|
|
9
|
5466 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5467 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5468
|
|
|
5469 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5470 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5471 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5472 switch (type)
|
|
|
5473 {
|
|
|
5474 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5475 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5476 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5477 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5478 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5479 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5480 };
|
|
9
|
5481 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5482 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5483 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5484 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5485 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5486 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5487
|
|
|
5488 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5489 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5490 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5491 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5492 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5493 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5494 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5495 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5496 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5499 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5500 {
|
|
|
5501 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convet to text edit */
|
|
|
5502 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5503 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5504 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5505 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5506 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5507 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5508 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5509 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5510 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5511 }
|
|
|
5512
|
|
|
5513 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5514 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5515 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5516
|
|
|
5517 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5520 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5521 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5522
|
|
|
5523 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5524 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5525 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5526 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5527
|
|
|
5528 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5529 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5530 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5531 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5532
|
|
|
5533 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5534 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5535 {
|
|
|
5536 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5537 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5538 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5539 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5540 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5541 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5542 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5543 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5544 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5545 }
|
|
|
5546
|
|
|
5547 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5548 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5551 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5552 }
|
|
|
5553 else
|
|
|
5554 {
|
|
|
5555 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5556 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5557 }
|
|
|
5558
|
|
|
5559 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5560 {
|
|
|
5561
|
|
9
|
5562 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
7
|
5563 /* With vertical, it's better to have all button the same lenght */
|
|
|
5564 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5565 {
|
|
9
|
5566 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5567 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5568 }
|
|
|
5569 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5570 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5571 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5572 else
|
|
|
5573 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5574 }
|
|
|
5575
|
|
|
5576 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5577 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5578 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5579
|
|
|
5580 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
5581 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5582 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5583 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5584 #endif
|
|
|
5585
|
|
|
5586 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5587 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5588 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5589 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5590
|
|
9
|
5591 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5592 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5593 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5594 #ifdef USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
9
|
5595 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5596 #else
|
|
9
|
5597 SetPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5598 #endif
|
|
|
5599 #endif
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5602 do
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
9
|
5604 ModalDialog(nil, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5605 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5608 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5609 {
|
|
9
|
5610 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5611 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5612 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5613 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5614 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5615 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5616 #endif
|
|
|
5617 STRNCPY(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
|
5618 textfield[name[0]] = NUL;
|
|
|
5619 }
|
|
|
5620
|
|
|
5621 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5622 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5623
|
|
|
5624 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5625 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5626
|
|
|
5627 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5628 /*
|
|
|
5629 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5630 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5631 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5632 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5633 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
|
5634 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text lenght
|
|
|
5635 */
|
|
|
5636 }
|
|
|
5637 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 /*
|
|
|
5640 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5641 */
|
|
|
5642 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5643 void
|
|
|
5644 display_errors()
|
|
|
5645 {
|
|
|
5646 char *p;
|
|
|
5647 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5648
|
|
|
5649 if (error_ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
|
5650 {
|
|
|
5651 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5652 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5653 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5654 {
|
|
|
5655 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5656 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5657 else
|
|
|
5658 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5659
|
|
|
5660 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
9
|
5661 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5662 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
7
|
5663 break;
|
|
|
5664 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5665 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5666 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5667 */
|
|
|
5668 }
|
|
|
5669 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
|
5670 }
|
|
|
5671 }
|
|
|
5672 #endif
|
|
|
5673
|
|
|
5674 /*
|
|
87
|
5675 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5676 */
|
|
87
|
5677 void gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5678 {
|
|
|
5679 Point where;
|
|
|
5680
|
|
|
5681 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5682
|
|
87
|
5683 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5684 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5685 }
|
|
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 void
|
|
|
5688 gui_mch_setmouse(x, y)
|
|
|
5689 int x;
|
|
|
5690 int y;
|
|
|
5691 {
|
|
|
5692 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5693 #if 0
|
|
|
5694 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5695
|
|
|
5696 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5697 Point where;
|
|
|
5698
|
|
9
|
5699 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5700 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5701 {
|
|
|
5702 /* New way */
|
|
|
5703
|
|
|
5704 /*
|
|
|
5705 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5706 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5707 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5708 *
|
|
|
5709 */
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5712
|
|
|
5713 do
|
|
|
5714 {
|
|
|
5715 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5716 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5717 }
|
|
9
|
5718 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5719
|
|
|
5720 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5721 }
|
|
|
5722 else
|
|
|
5723 {
|
|
|
5724 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5725 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5726 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5727
|
|
|
5728 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5729 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5730 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732 #endif
|
|
|
5733 }
|
|
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 void
|
|
|
5736 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(menu)
|
|
|
5737 vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
5738 {
|
|
|
5739 #ifdef USE_CTRLCLICKMENU
|
|
|
5740 /*
|
|
|
5741 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5742 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5743 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5744 */
|
|
|
5745
|
|
|
5746 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5747 Point where;
|
|
|
5748 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5749 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5750 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5751 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
5752 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
5753 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
5754
|
|
|
5755 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
5756 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5759 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5760 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
5763
|
|
|
5764 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
|
5765 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
5766
|
|
|
5767 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
5768 {
|
|
|
5769 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
5770 {
|
|
|
5771 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
5772 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
5773 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
5774 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
5775 }
|
|
|
5776 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
5777 {
|
|
|
5778 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
5779 }
|
|
|
5780 }
|
|
|
5781
|
|
|
5782 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
5783 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
5784 #endif
|
|
|
5785 }
|
|
|
5786
|
|
|
5787 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5788 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
5789 void
|
|
|
5790 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
5791 {
|
|
|
5792 # ifdef USE_SIOUX
|
|
9
|
5793 printf("Writing Buf...\n");
|
|
7
|
5794 # endif
|
|
9
|
5795 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
5796 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
5797 }
|
|
|
5798 #endif
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
5801 /*
|
|
|
5802 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
5803 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
5804 */
|
|
|
5805 void
|
|
|
5806 gui_mch_settitle(title, icon)
|
|
|
5807 char_u *title;
|
|
|
5808 char_u *icon;
|
|
|
5809 {
|
|
|
5810 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
5811 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
5812 */
|
|
|
5813 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
|
5814
|
|
|
5815 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
5816 return;
|
|
|
5817
|
|
|
5818 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
5819 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
5820 {
|
|
|
5821 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5822 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
5823 }
|
|
|
5824 }
|
|
|
5825 #endif
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 /*
|
|
|
5828 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
5829 */
|
|
|
5830
|
|
|
5831 int
|
|
9
|
5832 C2PascalString(CString, PascalString)
|
|
7
|
5833 char_u *CString;
|
|
|
5834 Str255 *PascalString;
|
|
|
5835 {
|
|
|
5836 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
5837 int len;
|
|
|
5838 int i;
|
|
|
5839
|
|
|
5840 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
5841 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
5842 return 0;
|
|
|
5843
|
|
|
5844 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
5845 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
5846 len = 255;
|
|
|
5847
|
|
|
5848 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
5849 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
5850
|
|
|
5851 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
5852
|
|
|
5853 return 0;
|
|
|
5854 }
|
|
|
5855
|
|
|
5856 int
|
|
9
|
5857 GetFSSpecFromPath(file, fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
5858 char_u *file;
|
|
|
5859 FSSpec *fileFSSpec;
|
|
|
5860 {
|
|
|
5861 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
5862 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
5863 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
5864 OSErr err;
|
|
|
5865
|
|
9
|
5866 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
5867
|
|
|
5868 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
5869 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
5870 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5871 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
5872
|
|
9
|
5873 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
5876 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
5879 return 0;
|
|
|
5880 }
|
|
|
5881
|
|
|
5882 /*
|
|
|
5883 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
5884 */
|
|
|
5885
|
|
9
|
5886 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
5887 {
|
|
|
5888 /*
|
|
|
5889 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
5890 */
|
|
|
5891
|
|
|
5892 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
5893 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
5894 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
5895 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5896 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
5897 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5898 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
5899 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
5900 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
5901 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5902 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
5903 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
5904 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
5905 #else
|
|
|
5906 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
5907 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
5908 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
5909 #endif
|
|
|
5910
|
|
|
5911 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5912 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
5913 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
5914 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
5915
|
|
|
5916 if (error)
|
|
|
5917 return NULL;
|
|
|
5918 #endif
|
|
|
5919
|
|
|
5920 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
|
5921 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
|
5922 filenamePtr[file.name[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
5923
|
|
|
5924 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
5925 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
5926 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
5927 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
5928 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
|
5929 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
5930
|
|
|
5931 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
5932 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
5933 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
5934
|
|
|
5935 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
5936 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
5937 return NULL;
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
5940 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
5941 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
5942 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
5943 else
|
|
|
5944 folder = 1;
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
5947 /*
|
|
|
5948 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
5949 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
5950 */
|
|
|
5951 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
5952 {
|
|
|
5953 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
5954 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
5955 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
5956 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
5957 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
5958 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
5959 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
5960 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
5961 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
5962 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
5963 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
5964 if (error)
|
|
|
5965 return NULL;
|
|
|
5966
|
|
|
5967 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
5968 if (error)
|
|
|
5969 return NULL;
|
|
|
5970
|
|
|
5971 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
5972 if (status)
|
|
|
5973 return NULL;
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5976 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
5977 }
|
|
|
5978 else
|
|
|
5979 {
|
|
|
5980 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
5981 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
5982 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
5983 if (error)
|
|
|
5984 return NULL;
|
|
|
5985
|
|
9
|
5986 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
5987 if (status)
|
|
|
5988 return NULL;
|
|
|
5989 }
|
|
|
5990
|
|
|
5991 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
5992 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
5993 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
5994
|
|
|
5995 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
5996 #else
|
|
|
5997 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
5998 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
5999 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
6000
|
|
|
6001 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
6002 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
6003 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6004 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6005
|
|
9
|
6006 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
6007 do
|
|
|
6008 {
|
|
|
6009 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6010 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6011 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6012 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6013 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6016 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6017 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6018
|
|
|
6019 if (error)
|
|
|
6020 return NULL;
|
|
|
6021
|
|
|
6022 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6023 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6024 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
6025 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6026 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6027 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6028 }
|
|
|
6029 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6030 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6031 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6032 #else
|
|
|
6033 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6034 #endif
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6037 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6038 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6039 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
|
6040 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrevelant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
|
6041 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6042
|
|
|
6043 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6044 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6045 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6046
|
|
|
6047 if (error)
|
|
|
6048 return NULL;
|
|
|
6049
|
|
|
6050 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6051 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
|
6052 /* when we are not refering to the boot volume */
|
|
|
6053 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6054 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6055 #endif
|
|
|
6056 {
|
|
|
6057 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6058 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6059 STRNCPY(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
|
6060 filenamePtr[directoryName[0]] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6061 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6062 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6065 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6066 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6067 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6068 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6069 #endif
|
|
|
6070 }
|
|
|
6071
|
|
|
6072 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6073 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6074 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6075
|
|
|
6076 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6077 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6078 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6079 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6080 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6081 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6082 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6083 {
|
|
|
6084 char *p;
|
|
|
6085 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6086 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6087 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6088 }
|
|
|
6089 #endif
|
|
|
6090
|
|
9
|
6091 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6092 #endif
|
|
|
6093 }
|
|
|
6094
|
|
|
6095 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6096 /*
|
|
|
6097 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6098 */
|
|
|
6099
|
|
|
6100 /*
|
|
|
6101 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6102 */
|
|
|
6103 void
|
|
|
6104 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6105 {
|
|
|
6106 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
|
6107 }
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 /*
|
|
|
6110 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6111 */
|
|
|
6112 void
|
|
|
6113 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6114 {
|
|
|
6115 KeyScript(active ? smKeySysScript : smKeyRoman);
|
|
|
6116 }
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 /*
|
|
|
6119 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6120 */
|
|
|
6121 int
|
|
|
6122 im_get_status()
|
|
|
6123 {
|
|
|
6124 SInt32 script = GetScriptManagerVariable(smKeyScript);
|
|
|
6125 return (script != smRoman
|
|
|
6126 && script == GetScriptManagerVariable(smSysScript)) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
|
6127 }
|
|
|
6128 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
